10-Q
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-Q
|
|
|
þ
|
|
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Quarterly Period Ended
December 30, 2006
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
Commission file number
001-13057
Polo Ralph Lauren
Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
13-2622036
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
650 Madison Avenue,
New York, New York
|
|
10022
(Zip Code)
|
(Address of principal executive
offices)
|
|
|
Registrants telephone number, including area code
212-318-7000
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrants
were required to file such reports) and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large
accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer
þ
|
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer
o
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
At February 2, 2007, 60,581,186 shares of the
registrants Class A Common Stock, $.01 par
value, were outstanding and 43,280,021 shares of the
registrants Class B Common Stock, $.01 par
value, were outstanding.
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
INDEX TO
FORM 10-Q
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
April 1,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
751.8
|
|
|
$
|
285.7
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of
allowances of $124.9 and $115.0 million
|
|
|
366.8
|
|
|
|
484.2
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
483.9
|
|
|
|
485.5
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
37.8
|
|
|
|
32.4
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
74.5
|
|
|
|
90.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,714.8
|
|
|
|
1,378.5
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
557.3
|
|
|
|
548.8
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
710.0
|
|
|
|
699.7
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
246.1
|
|
|
|
258.5
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
290.2
|
|
|
|
203.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,530.6
|
|
|
$
|
3,088.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
168.4
|
|
|
$
|
202.2
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
69.5
|
|
|
|
46.6
|
|
Accrued expenses and other
|
|
|
367.0
|
|
|
|
314.3
|
|
Current maturities of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
280.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
liabilities
|
|
|
604.9
|
|
|
|
843.5
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
393.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
20.5
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
205.4
|
|
|
|
174.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
(Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,224.6
|
|
|
|
1,039.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common stock, par
value $.01 per share; 68.5 million and
66.4 million shares issued; 61.1 million and
62.1 million shares outstanding
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
Class B common stock, par
value $.01 per share; 43.3 million shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
Additional
paid-in-capital
|
|
|
853.0
|
|
|
|
783.6
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
1,691.2
|
|
|
|
1,379.2
|
|
Treasury stock, Class A, at
cost (7.4 million and 4.3 million shares)
|
|
|
(281.5
|
)
|
|
|
(87.1
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
42.2
|
|
|
|
15.5
|
|
Unearned compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders
equity
|
|
|
2,306.0
|
|
|
|
2,049.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
3,530.6
|
|
|
$
|
3,088.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
2
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,076.2
|
|
|
$
|
933.2
|
|
|
$
|
3,084.0
|
|
|
$
|
2,592.5
|
|
Licensing revenue
|
|
|
67.5
|
|
|
|
62.3
|
|
|
|
180.1
|
|
|
|
182.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
1,143.7
|
|
|
|
995.5
|
|
|
|
3,264.1
|
|
|
|
2,774.8
|
|
Cost of goods
sold(a)
|
|
|
(529.7
|
)
|
|
|
(464.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1,486.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1,277.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
614.0
|
|
|
|
531.5
|
|
|
|
1,778.1
|
|
|
|
1,497.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other costs and
expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses(a)
|
|
|
(426.8
|
)
|
|
|
(381.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1,229.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1,082.9
|
)
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(12.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
Impairments of retail assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other costs and
expenses
|
|
|
(429.8
|
)
|
|
|
(387.9
|
)
|
|
|
(1,245.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1,096.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
184.2
|
|
|
|
143.6
|
|
|
|
532.5
|
|
|
|
400.8
|
|
Foreign currency gains (losses)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(7.1
|
)
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)
|
|
|
(16.0
|
)
|
|
|
(8.6
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
Equity in income of equity-method
investees
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Minority interest expense
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
(10.9
|
)
|
|
|
(7.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for
income taxes
|
|
|
180.8
|
|
|
|
143.1
|
|
|
|
522.9
|
|
|
|
392.5
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(70.3
|
)
|
|
|
(52.4
|
)
|
|
|
(195.2
|
)
|
|
|
(146.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
110.5
|
|
|
$
|
90.7
|
|
|
$
|
327.7
|
|
|
$
|
245.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per common
share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.87
|
|
|
$
|
3.13
|
|
|
$
|
2.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
1.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.84
|
|
|
$
|
3.04
|
|
|
$
|
2.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares
outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
104.2
|
|
|
|
104.7
|
|
|
|
104.6
|
|
|
|
104.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
107.6
|
|
|
|
107.8
|
|
|
|
107.7
|
|
|
|
106.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends declared per share
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) Includes
total depreciation expense of:
|
|
$
|
(29.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(91.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(90.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
3
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
327.7
|
|
|
$
|
245.6
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net
income to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
expense
|
|
|
104.2
|
|
|
|
94.5
|
|
Deferred income tax expense
(benefit)
|
|
|
(11.4
|
)
|
|
|
(16.3
|
)
|
Minority interest expense
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
Equity in the income of
equity-method investees, net of dividends received
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
Non-cash stock compensation expense
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
Non-cash impairments of retail
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
Non-cash provision for bad debt
expense
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Loss on disposal of property and
equipment
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
Non-cash foreign currency losses
(gains)
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
Non-cash restructuring charges
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
124.0
|
|
|
|
107.8
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
48.1
|
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
Other balance sheet changes
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
|
654.1
|
|
|
|
493.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
and purchase price settlements
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(114.0
|
)
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(104.0
|
)
|
|
|
(97.6
|
)
|
Cash deposits restricted in
connection with taxes (Note 12)
|
|
|
(52.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(157.7
|
)
|
|
|
(211.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of debt
|
|
|
380.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of debt
|
|
|
(291.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Payments of capital lease
obligations
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
Payments of dividends
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)
|
Distributions to minority interest
holders
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchases of common stock
|
|
|
(180.5
|
)
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock
options
|
|
|
48.2
|
|
|
|
44.9
|
|
Excess tax benefits from
stock-based compensation arrangements
|
|
|
29.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by
financing activities
|
|
|
(40.3
|
)
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on
cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
|
(13.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
466.1
|
|
|
|
293.4
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period
|
|
|
285.7
|
|
|
|
350.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end
of period
|
|
$
|
751.8
|
|
|
$
|
643.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
4
|
|
1.
|
Description
of Business
|
Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation (PRLC) is a global
leader in the design, marketing and distribution of premium
lifestyle products including mens, womens and
childrens apparel, accessories, fragrances and home
furnishings. PRLCs long-standing reputation and
distinctive image have been consistently developed across an
expanding number of products, brands and international markets.
PRLCs brand names include Polo, Polo by Ralph Lauren,
Ralph Lauren Purple Label, Ralph Lauren Black Label, RLX, Ralph
Lauren, Blue Label, Lauren, RL, Rugby, Chaps and Club
Monaco, among others. PRLC and its subsidiaries are
collectively referred to herein as the Company,
we, us, our and
ourselves, unless the context indicates otherwise.
The Company classifies its businesses into three segments:
Wholesale, Retail and Licensing. The Companys wholesale
sales are made principally to major department and specialty
stores located throughout the United States and Europe. The
Company also sells directly to consumers through full-price and
factory retail stores located throughout the United States,
Canada, Europe, South America and Asia, and through its jointly
owned retail internet site located at www.Polo.com. In addition,
the Company often licenses the right to third parties to use its
various trademarks in connection with the manufacture and sale
of designated products, such as apparel, eyewear and fragrances,
in specified geographical areas for specified periods.
Basis
of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements present the
financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the
Company and all entities in which the Company has a controlling
voting interest. The consolidated financial statements also
include the accounts of any variable interest entities in which
the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary and such
entities are required to be consolidated in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
(US GAAP). In particular, pursuant to the provisions
of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
Interpretation No. 46R (FIN 46R), the
Company consolidates (a) Polo Ralph Lauren Japan
Corporation (PRL Japan, formerly known as New
Polo Japan, Inc.), a 50%-owned venture with Onward Kashiyama Co.
Ltd (45%) and The Seibu Department Stores, Ltd (5%), and
(b) Ralph Lauren Media, LLC (RL Media), a
50%-owned venture with NBC Universal, Inc. and affiliated
companies (collectively, NBC). RL Media
conducts the Companys
e-commerce
initiatives through a jointly owned internet site known as
Polo.com.
All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.
Fiscal
Year
The Companys fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to
March 31. As such, all references to Fiscal
2007 represent the
52-week
fiscal year ending March 31, 2007 and references to
Fiscal 2006 represent the
52-week
fiscal year ending April 1, 2006.
The financial position and operating results of the
Companys consolidated 50% interest in PRL Japan are
reported on a one-month lag. Similarly, prior to the fourth
quarter of Fiscal 2006, the financial position and operating
results of RL Media were reported on a three-month lag.
During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2006, RL Media changed
its fiscal year, which was formerly on a calendar-year basis, to
conform with the Companys fiscal-year basis. In connection
with this change, the three-month reporting lag for
RL Media was eliminated. Accordingly, the Companys
operating results included in this
Form 10-Q
for the third quarter of Fiscal 2007 include the operating
results of RL Media for the three-month and nine-month
periods ended December 30, 2006, whereas the third quarter
of Fiscal 2006 include the operating results of RL Media
for the three-month and nine-
5
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
month periods ended September 30, 2005. The net effect from
this change in RL Medias fiscal year was not material
to the consolidated financial statements.
Interim
Financial Statements
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been
prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the SEC). The accompanying
consolidated financial statements are unaudited. In the opinion
of management, however, such consolidated financial statements
contain all normal and recurring adjustments necessary to
present fairly the consolidated financial condition, results of
operations and changes in cash flows of the Company for the
interim periods presented. In addition, certain information and
footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements
prepared in accordance with US GAAP have been condensed or
omitted from this report as is permitted by the SECs rules
and regulations. However, the Company believes that the
disclosures herein are adequate to make the information
presented not misleading.
The consolidated balance sheet data as of April 1, 2006 is
derived from the audited financial statements included in the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed with the SEC for the year ended April 1, 2006 (the
Fiscal 2006
10-K),
which should be read in conjunction with these financial
statements. Reference is made to the Fiscal 2006
10-K for a
complete set of financial statements.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US
GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ materially from
those estimates.
Significant estimates inherent in the preparation of the
accompanying consolidated financial statements include reserves
for customer returns, discounts,
end-of-season
markdown allowances and operational chargebacks; reserves for
the realizability of inventory; reserves for litigation and
other contingencies; impairments of long-lived tangible and
intangible assets; depreciation and amortization expense;
accounting for income taxes and related contingencies; the
valuation of stock-based compensation and related forfeiture
rates; and accounting for business combinations under the
purchase method of accounting.
Seasonality
of Business
The Companys business is affected by seasonal trends, with
higher levels of wholesale sales in its second and fourth
quarters and higher retail sales in its second and third
quarters. These trends result primarily from the timing of
seasonal wholesale shipments and key vacation travel,
back-to-school
and holiday periods in the retail segment. Accordingly, the
Companys operating results and cash flows for the
three-month and nine-month periods ended December 30, 2006
are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected for Fiscal 2007 as a whole.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior
periods financial information to conform to the current
periods presentation.
|
|
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue within the Companys wholesale segment is
recognized at the time title passes and risk of loss is
transferred to customers. Wholesale revenue is recorded net of
estimates of returns, discounts,
end-of-season
markdown allowances, certain cooperative advertising allowances
and operational chargebacks. Returns and allowances require
pre-approval from management and discounts are based on trade
terms. Estimates for
6
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
end-of-season
markdown allowances are based on historical trends, seasonal
results, an evaluation of current economic and market
conditions, and retailer performance. The Company reviews and
refines these estimates on a quarterly basis. The Companys
historical estimates of these costs have not differed materially
from actual results.
Retail store revenue is recognized net of estimated returns at
the time of sale to consumers.
E-commerce
revenue from sales of products ordered through the
Companys jointly owned retail internet site known as
Polo.com is recognized upon delivery and receipt of the shipment
by its customers. Such revenue also is reduced by an estimate of
returns.
Licensing revenue is initially recognized based upon the higher
of (a) contractually guaranteed minimum royalty levels and
(b) estimates of actual sales and royalty data received
from the Companys licensees.
Accounts
Receivable
In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit to
customers that satisfy defined credit criteria. Accounts
receivable, net, as shown in the Companys consolidated
balance sheet, is net of certain reserves and allowances. These
reserves and allowances consist of (a) reserves for
returns, discounts,
end-of-season
markdown allowances and operational chargebacks and
(b) allowances for doubtful accounts. These reserves and
allowances are discussed in further detail below.
A reserve for trade discounts is determined based on open
invoices where trade discounts have been extended to customers,
and is treated as a reduction of revenue.
Estimated
end-of-season
markdown allowances are included as a reduction of revenue.
These provisions are based on retail sales performance, seasonal
negotiations with customers, historical deduction trends and an
evaluation of current market conditions.
A reserve for operational chargebacks represents various
deductions by customers relating to individual shipments. This
reserve, net of expected recoveries, is included as a reduction
of revenue. The reserve is based on chargebacks received as of
the date of the financial statements and past experience. Costs
associated with potential returns of products also are included
as a reduction of revenues. These return reserves are based on
current information regarding retail performance, historical
experience and an evaluation of current market conditions. The
Companys historical estimates of these operational
chargeback and return costs have not differed materially from
actual results.
A rollforward of the activity for the three and nine-month
periods ended December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005,
respectively, in the Companys reserves for returns,
discounts,
end-of-season
markdown allowances and operational chargebacks is presented
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Beginning reserve balance
|
|
$
|
114.3
|
|
|
$
|
89.7
|
|
|
$
|
107.5
|
|
|
$
|
100.0
|
|
Amounts charged against revenue to
increase reserve
|
|
|
94.2
|
|
|
|
66.6
|
|
|
|
273.3
|
|
|
|
200.4
|
|
Amounts credited against customer
accounts to decrease reserve
|
|
|
(93.5
|
)
|
|
|
(66.0
|
)
|
|
|
(267.0
|
)
|
|
|
(209.0
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending reserve balance
|
|
$
|
116.1
|
|
|
$
|
90.1
|
|
|
$
|
116.1
|
|
|
$
|
90.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An allowance for doubtful accounts is determined through
analysis of periodic aging of accounts receivable, assessments
of collectibility based on an evaluation of historic and
anticipated trends, the financial condition of the
7
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Companys customers, and an evaluation of the impact of
economic conditions. A rollforward of the activity for the three
and nine-month periods ended December 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2005, respectively, in the Companys
allowances for doubtful accounts is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Beginning reserve balance
|
|
$
|
8.3
|
|
|
$
|
8.3
|
|
|
$
|
7.5
|
|
|
$
|
11.0
|
|
Amount charged to expense to
increase reserve
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Amount written off against
customer accounts to decrease reserve
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending reserve balance
|
|
$
|
8.8
|
|
|
$
|
7.5
|
|
|
$
|
8.8
|
|
|
$
|
7.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Income Per Common Share
Net income per common share is determined in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,
Earnings per Share (FAS 128). Under
the provisions of FAS 128, basic net income per common
share is computed by dividing the net income applicable to
common shares after preferred dividend requirements, if any, by
the weighted average of common shares outstanding during the
period. Weighted-average common shares include shares of the
Companys Class A and Class B Common Stock.
Diluted net income per common share adjusts basic net income per
common share for the effects of outstanding stock options,
restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other
potentially dilutive financial instruments, only in the periods
in which such effect is dilutive under the treasury stock method.
The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to
calculate basic net income per common share is reconciled to
those shares used in calculating diluted net income per common
share as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
104.2
|
|
|
|
104.7
|
|
|
|
104.6
|
|
|
|
104.0
|
|
Dilutive effect of stock options,
restricted stock and restricted stock units
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted shares
|
|
|
107.6
|
|
|
|
107.8
|
|
|
|
107.7
|
|
|
|
106.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price
greater than the average market price of the common stock are
anti-dilutive and therefore not included in the computation of
diluted net income per common share. In addition, the Company
has outstanding performance-based restricted stock units that
are issuable only upon the satisfaction of certain performance
goals. Such units only are included in the computation of
diluted shares to the extent the underlying performance
conditions (a) are satisfied prior to the end of the
reporting period or (b) would be satisfied if the end of
the reporting period were the end of the related contingency
period and the result would be dilutive. As of December 30,
2006, there was an aggregate of approximately 1.2 million
additional shares issuable upon the exercise of anti-dilutive
options
and/or the
contingent vesting of performance-based restricted stock units
that were excluded from the diluted share calculations.
8
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
4.
|
Recently
Issued Accounting Standards
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123R, Share-Based
Payments (FAS 123R) and, in March 2005,
the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107
(SAB 107). SAB 107 provides implementation
guidance for companies to use in their adoption of
FAS 123R. FAS 123R supersedes both Accounting
Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees
(APB 25), which permitted the use of the
intrinsic-value method in accounting for stock-based
compensation, and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, as amended by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 148, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation Transition and
Disclosure (FAS 123), which allowed
companies applying APB 25 to just disclose in their
financial statements the pro forma effect on net income from
applying the fair-value method of accounting for stock-based
compensation. The Company adopted FAS 123R as of
April 2, 2006 (see Note 11).
Financial
Statement Misstatements
In September 2006, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of
Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in
Current Year Financial Statements
(SAB 108). SAB 108 provides guidance on
the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements,
advising companies to use both a balance sheet (iron
curtain) and an income statement (rollover)
approach when quantifying and evaluating the materiality of a
misstatement. The iron curtain approach quantifies a
misstatement based on the effects of correcting the misstatement
existing in the balance sheet at the end of the reporting
period. The rollover approach quantifies a misstatement based on
the amount of the error originating in the current period income
statement, including the reversing effect of prior year
misstatements. The use of this method can lead to the
accumulation of misstatements in the balance sheet. PRLC has
historically used the rollover method for quantifying identified
financial statement misstatements.
Under the guidance of SAB 108, companies will be required
to adjust their financial statements if either the iron curtain
or rollover approach results in the quantification of a material
misstatement. Previously filed reports would not be amended, but
would be corrected the next time the company files prior year
financial statements. Companies are allowed to record a one-time
cumulative effect adjustment to correct errors in prior years
that previously had been considered immaterial based on their
previous approach. SAB 108 is effective for the Company
upon issuance of its Fiscal 2007 annual financial statements.
However, early application of SAB 108 is permitted for
interim periods prior to the issuance of the annual financial
statements. The Company currently is evaluating the effect of
SAB 108 on its financial statements.
Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
In July 2006, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standards
Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes An Interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48
prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for
the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The
evaluation of a tax position in accordance with FIN 48 is a
two-step process. The Company first will be required to
determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position
will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any
related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical
merits of the position. A tax position that meets the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold will then
be measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in
the financial statements based upon the largest amount of
benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being
realized upon ultimate settlement. FIN 48 is effective for
the Company as of the beginning of Fiscal 2008 (April 1,
2007). The Company currently is evaluating the effect of
FIN 48 on its financial statements.
9
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Other
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers Accounting
for Defined Benefit Pension and other Postretirement
Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87,
88, 106 and 132R (FAS 158). FAS 158
requires an employer that is a business entity and sponsors one
or more single-employer defined benefit plans to recognize the
funded status of a benefit plan measured as the
difference between plan assets at fair value (with limited
exceptions) and the benefit obligation in its
statement of financial position. For a pension plan, the benefit
obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other
postretirement benefit plan, such as a retiree health care plan,
the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation. FAS 158 is effective for fiscal years ending
after December 15, 2006. Because the Company does not
currently maintain any defined benefit plans, the application of
FAS 158 is not expected to have an effect on the
Companys financial statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements (FAS 157). FAS 157
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair
value in US GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value
measurements. FAS 157 is effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007,
and interim periods within those fiscal years. The application
of FAS 157 is not expected to have a material effect on the
Companys financial statements.
In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error
Corrections (FAS 154). FAS 154
generally requires that accounting changes and errors be applied
retrospectively. Effective April 2, 2006, the Company
adopted the provisions of FAS 154. The application of
FAS 154 did not have an effect on the Companys
financial statements.
In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 151, Inventory Costs
(FAS 151). FAS 151 clarifies standards for
the treatment of abnormal amounts of idle facility expense,
freight, handling costs and spoilage. Effective April 2,
2006, the Company adopted the provisions of FAS 151. The
application of FAS 151 did not have a material effect on
the Companys financial statements.
Acquisition
of Polo Jeans Business
On February 3, 2006, the Company acquired from Jones
Apparel Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Jones) all
of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Sun
Apparel, Inc., the Companys licensee for mens and
womens casual apparel and sportswear in the United States
and Canada (the Polo Jeans Business). The
acquisition cost was approximately $260 million, including
$3 million of transaction costs. In addition, simultaneous
with the transaction, the Company settled all claims under its
litigation with Jones for a cost of $100 million.
The results of operations for the Polo Jeans Business have been
consolidated in the Companys results of operations
commencing February 4, 2006. In addition, the purchase
price has been allocated on a preliminary basis as follows:
inventory of $36 million; finite-lived intangible assets of
$159 million (consisting of the re-acquired license of
$97 million, customer relationships of $57 million and
order backlog of $5 million); goodwill of
$126 million; and deferred tax and other liabilities, net,
of $61 million. Other than inventory, Jones retained the
right to all working capital balances on the date of closing.
The Company is in the process of completing its assessment of
the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. As a
result, the purchase price allocation is subject to change. The
Company also entered into a transition services agreement with
Jones to provide a variety of operational, financial and
information systems services over a period of six to twelve
months from the date of the acquisition of the Polo Jeans
Business.
10
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Acquisition
of Footwear Business
On July 15, 2005, the Company acquired from Reebok
International, Ltd. (Reebok) all of the issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of Ralph Lauren Footwear
Co., Inc., the Companys global licensee for mens,
womens and childrens footwear, as well as certain
foreign assets owned by affiliates of Reebok (collectively, the
Footwear Business). The acquisition cost was
approximately $112 million in cash, including
$2 million of transaction costs. In addition, Reebok and
certain of its affiliates entered into a transition services
agreement with the Company to provide a variety of operational,
financial and information systems services over a period of
twelve to eighteen months from the date of the acquisition of
the Footwear Business.
The results of operations for the Footwear Business for the
period are included in the consolidated results of operations
commencing July 16, 2005. In addition, the accompanying
consolidated financial statements include the following
allocation of the acquisition cost to the net assets acquired
based on their respective fair values: trade receivables of
$17 million; inventory of $26 million; finite-lived
intangible assets of $62 million (consisting of the
footwear license at $38 million, customer relationships at
$23 million and order backlog at $1 million); goodwill
of $20 million; other assets of $1 million; and
liabilities of $14 million.
Inventories consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
April 1,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
8.2
|
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
35.2
|
|
|
|
22.0
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
440.5
|
|
|
|
457.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
483.9
|
|
|
$
|
485.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has recorded restructuring liabilities over the past
few years relating to various cost-savings initiatives, as well
as certain of its acquisitions. In accordance with US GAAP,
restructuring costs incurred in connection with an acquisition
are capitalized as part of the purchase accounting for the
transaction. Such acquisition-related restructuring costs were
not material in any period. Liabilities for costs associated
with non-acquisition-related restructuring initiatives are
expensed and initially measured at fair value when incurred in
accordance with US GAAP. A description of the nature of
significant non-acquisition-related restructuring activities and
related costs is presented below.
Fiscal
2006 Restructuring
During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2006, the Company committed
to a plan to restructure its Club Monaco retail business. In
particular, this plan consisted of the closure of all five Club
Monaco factory stores and the intention to dispose of by sale or
closure all eight of Club Monacos Caban Concept Stores
(the Caban Stores and, collectively, the Club
Monaco Restructuring Plan). In connection with this plan,
an aggregate restructuring-related charge of $12 million
was recognized in Fiscal 2006.
During the first quarter of Fiscal 2007, the Company ultimately
decided to close all Caban Stores and recognized an additional
$2.2 million of restructuring charges, primarily relating
to lease termination costs. During the second quarter of Fiscal
2007, the Company incurred additional restructuring charges of
approximately $1.8 million, principally relating to
additional Caban store lease termination costs for space that
was still being used at the end of the first quarter of Fiscal
2007.
11
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
A summary of the activity in Fiscal 2007 in the Club Monaco
Restructuring Plan liability is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease and
|
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
Costs
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Balance at April 1, 2006
|
|
$
|
1.2
|
|
Additions charged to expense
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
Cash payments charged against
reserve
|
|
|
(2.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 30, 2006
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Euro
Debt
The Company had outstanding approximately 227 million
principal amount of 6.125% notes that were due on
November 22, 2006, from an original issuance of
275 million in 1999 (the 1999 Euro Debt).
On October 5, 2006, the Company completed a new issuance of
300 million principal amount of 4.50% notes due
October 4, 2013 (the 2006 Euro Debt). The
Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the financing of
approximately $380 million (based on the exchange rate in
effect upon issuance) to repay the remaining 1999 Euro Debt at
par on its maturity date. The balance of such net proceeds will
be used for general corporate and working capital purposes. The
Company has the option to redeem all of the 2006 Euro Debt at
any time at a redemption price equal to the principal amount
plus a premium. The Company also has the option to redeem all of
the 2006 Euro Debt at any time at par plus accrued interest, in
the event of certain developments involving United States tax
law. Partial redemption of the 2006 Euro Debt is not permitted
in either instance. In the event of a change of control of the
Company, each holder of the 2006 Euro Debt has the option to
require the Company to redeem the 2006 Euro Debt at its
principal amount plus accrued interest.
As of December 30, 2006, the carrying value of the 2006
Euro Debt was $393.8 million.
Revolving
Credit Facility
The Company has a credit facility, which was amended on
November 28, 2006, (the Credit Facility) that
provides for a $450 million unsecured revolving line of
credit. The Credit Facility also is used to support the issuance
of letters of credit. As of December 30, 2006, there were
no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility, but the
Company was contingently liable for $36.8 million of
outstanding letters of credit (primarily relating to inventory
purchase commitments).
The Company amended certain terms of its Credit Facility as a
result of recent upgrades in the Companys credit ratings
from Standard & Poors and Moodys. Key changes
under the amendment include:
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in the ability of the Company to expand its
additional borrowing availability from $525 million to
$600 million, subject to the agreement of one or more new
or existing lenders under the facility to increase their
commitments;
|
|
|
|
An extension of the term of the Credit Facility to November 2011
from October 2009;
|
|
|
|
A reduction in the margin over LIBOR paid by the Company on
amounts drawn under the Credit Facility to 35 basis points
from 50 basis points;
|
|
|
|
A reduction in the commitment fee for the unutilized portion of
the Credit Facility to 8 basis points from 12.5 basis
points; and
|
|
|
|
The elimination of the coverage ratio financial covenant.
|
12
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
There are no mandatory reductions in borrowing ability
throughout the term of the Credit Facility.
Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, at the
Companys option, either at (a) a base rate determined
by reference to the higher of (i) the prime commercial
lending rate of JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. in effect from time
to time and (ii) the weighted-average overnight Federal
funds rate (as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York) plus 50 basis points or (b) a LIBOR rate in
effect from time to time, as adjusted for the Federal Reserve
Boards Euro currency liabilities maximum reserve
percentage plus a margin defined in the Credit Facility
(the applicable margin). The applicable margin of
35 basis points is subject to adjustment based on the
Companys credit ratings.
In addition to paying interest on any outstanding borrowings
under the Credit Facility, the Company is required to pay a
commitment fee to the lenders under the Credit Facility in
respect of the unutilized commitments. The commitment fee rate
of 8 basis points under the terms of the Credit Facility
also is subject to adjustment based on the Companys credit
ratings.
The Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among
other things, restrict the Companys ability, subject to
specified exceptions, to incur additional debt; incur liens and
contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets, including
equity interests; merge with or acquire other companies;
liquidate or dissolve itself; engage in businesses that are not
in a related line of business; make loans, advances or
guarantees; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make
investments. In addition, the Credit Facility requires the
Company to maintain a maximum ratio of Adjusted Debt to
Consolidated EBITDAR (the leverage ratio), as such
terms are defined in the Credit Facility. As of
December 30, 2006, no Default or Event of Default (as such
terms are defined pursuant to the Credit Facility) has occurred
under the Companys Credit Facility.
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Credit
Facility, the lenders may cease making loans, terminate the
Credit Facility, and declare all amounts outstanding to be
immediately due and payable. The Credit Facility specifies a
number of events of default (many of which are subject to
applicable grace periods), including, among others, the failure
to make timely principal and interest payments or to satisfy the
covenants, including the financial covenant described above.
Additionally, the Credit Facility provides that an event of
default will occur if Mr. Ralph Lauren, the Companys
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and related entities fail
to maintain a specified minimum percentage of the voting power
of the Companys common stock.
|
|
9.
|
Derivative
Financial Instruments
|
The Company has exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange
rates relating to both the cash flows generated by its
international operations and the fair value of its foreign
operations, as well as exposure to changes in the fair value of
its fixed-rate debt relating to changes in interest rates.
Consequently, the Company uses derivative financial instruments
to manage such risks. The Company does not enter into derivative
transactions for speculative purposes. The following is a
summary of the Companys risk management strategies and the
effect of those strategies on the Companys financial
statements.
Foreign
Currency Risk Management
Foreign
Currency Exchange Contracts
The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts as
hedges relating to identifiable currency positions to reduce its
risk from exchange rate fluctuations on inventory purchases and
intercompany royalty payments. As part of its overall strategy
to manage the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency
exchange rate fluctuations, primarily exposure to changes in the
value of the Euro and the Japanese Yen, the Company hedges a
portion of its foreign currency exposures anticipated over the
ensuing twelve-month to two-year period. In doing so, the
Company uses foreign exchange contracts that generally have
maturities of three months to two years to provide continuing
coverage throughout the hedging period.
13
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
At December 30, 2006, the Company had contracts for the
sale of $215.5 million of foreign currencies at fixed
rates. Of these $215.5 million of sales contracts,
$173.0 million were for the sale of Euros and
$42.5 million were for the sale of Japanese Yen. The fair
value of the forward contracts was an unrealized loss of
$1.5 million.
The Company records foreign currency exchange contracts at fair
value in its balance sheet and designates these derivative
instruments as cash flow hedges in accordance with FASB
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities, and subsequent amendments (collectively,
FAS 133). As such, the related gains or losses
on these contracts are deferred in stockholders equity as
a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. These
deferred gains and losses are then either recognized in income
in the period in which the related royalties being hedged are
received, or in the case of inventory purchases, recognized as
part of the cost of the inventory being hedged when sold.
However, to the extent that any of these foreign currency
exchange contracts are not considered to be perfectly effective
in offsetting the change in the value of the royalties or
inventory purchases being hedged, any changes in fair value
relating to the ineffective portion of these contracts are
immediately recognized in earnings. No significant gains or
losses relating to ineffective hedges were recognized in the
periods presented.
Hedge of
a Net Investment in Certain European Subsidiaries
Prior to the repayment of the 1999 Euro Debt in November 2006,
the entire principal amount was designated as a hedge of the
Companys net investment in certain of its European
subsidiaries in accordance with FAS 133. Contemporaneous
with this repayment, the Company designated the entire principal
amount of the 2006 Euro Debt, issued in October 2006 (see
Note 8), as a hedge of its net investment in certain of its
European subsidiaries. As required by FAS 133, the changes
in fair value of a derivative instrument or a non-derivative
financial instrument (such as debt) that is designated as, and
is effective as, a hedge of the net investment in a foreign
operation are reported in the same manner as a translation
adjustment under FASB Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation,
to the extent it is effective as a hedge. As such, changes in
the fair value of the 1999 Euro Debt and the 2006 Euro Debt
resulting from changes in the Euro exchange rate have been and
continue to be reported in stockholders equity as a
component of accumulated other comprehensive income.
Interest
Rate Risk Management
Interest
Rate Swaps
Historically, the Company has used floating-rate interest rate
swap agreements to hedge changes in the fair value of its
fixed-rate 1999 Euro Debt. These interest rate swap agreements,
which effectively converted fixed interest rate payments on the
Companys 1999 Euro Debt to a floating-rate basis, were
designated as a fair value hedge in accordance with
FAS 133. All interest rate swap agreements were terminated
in late Fiscal 2006 and there were no outstanding agreements at
the end of Fiscal 2006.
During the first six months of Fiscal 2007, the Company entered
into three forward-starting interest rate swap contracts
aggregating 200 million notional amount of
indebtedness in anticipation of the Companys proposed
refinancing of the 1999 Euro Debt which was completed in October
2006. The Company designated these agreements as a cash flow
hedge of a forecasted transaction to issue new debt in
connection with the planned refinancing of its 1999 Euro Debt.
The interest rate swaps hedged a total of
200.0 million, a portion of the underlying interest
rate exposure on the anticipated refinancing. Under the terms of
the three interest swap contracts, the Company paid a
weighted-average fixed rate of interest of 4.1% and received
variable interest based upon six-month EURIBOR. The Company
terminated the swaps on September 28, 2006, which was the
date the interest rate for the 2006 Euro Debt was determined. As
a result, the Company made a payment of approximately
3.5 million ($4.4 million based on the exchange
rate in effect on that date) in settlement of the swaps. An
amount of $0.2 million was recognized as a loss for the
three months ending September 30, 2006 due to the partial
ineffectiveness of the cash flow hedge as a result of the
forecasted transaction closing on October 5, 2006 instead
of November 22, 2006 (the maturity date of the 1999 Euro
Debt). The remaining loss of $4.2 million has been
14
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
deferred as a component of comprehensive income within
stockholders equity and is being recognized in income as
an adjustment to interest expense over the seven-year term of
the 2006 Euro Debt.
Summary
of Changes in Stockholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
2,049.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,675.7
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
327.7
|
|
|
|
245.6
|
|
Foreign currency translation gains
(losses)
|
|
|
45.4
|
|
|
|
(31.6
|
)
|
Net realized and unrealized
derivative financial instrument gains (losses)
|
|
|
(18.7
|
)
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
354.4
|
|
|
|
240.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends declared
|
|
|
(15.6
|
)
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)
|
Repurchases of common stock
|
|
|
(191.3
|
)
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)
|
Other, primarily shares issued and
equity grants made pursuant to stock compensation plans
|
|
|
108.9
|
|
|
|
78.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
2,306.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,975.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock Repurchase Program
In August 2006, the Companys Board of Directors approved
an expansion of the Companys common stock repurchase
program that allows the Company to repurchase, at its discretion
from time to time, up to an additional $250 million of
Class A common stock. Share repurchases are subject to
overall business and market conditions. Share repurchases under
both this expanded program and the pre-existing program for the
nine months ended December 30, 2006 amounted to
3.1 million shares of Class A common stock at a cost
of $191.3 million, including $10.8 million
(0.1 million shares) that was traded prior to the end of
the period for which settlement occurred in January 2007. The
remaining availability under the current common stock repurchase
program was $158.3 million as of December 30, 2006.
Repurchased shares are accounted for as treasury stock at cost
and will be held in treasury for future use.
In February 2007, the Companys Board of Directors approved
a further expansion of this repurchase program for an additional
$250 million.
Dividends
Since 2003, the Company has had a regular quarterly cash
dividend program of $0.05 per share, or $0.20 per
share on an annual basis, on its common stock. The third quarter
Fiscal 2007 dividend of $0.05 per share was declared on
December 18, 2006, payable to shareholders of record at the
close of business on December 29, 2006, and was paid on
January 12, 2007. Dividends paid during the nine months
ended December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 amounted
to $15.7 million for both periods.
|
|
11.
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
|
Effective April 2, 2006, the Company adopted FAS 123R
using the modified prospective application transition method.
Under this transition method, the compensation expense
recognized in the consolidated statement of operations beginning
April 2, 2006 includes compensation expense for
(a) all stock-based payments granted prior to, but not yet
vested as of, April 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair
value estimated in accordance with the original
15
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
provisions of FAS 123, and (b) all stock-based
payments granted subsequent to April 1, 2006, based on the
grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the
provisions of FAS 123R.
Impact
on Results
Due to the timing of grants of stock-based compensation awards
primarily late in the first quarter of Fiscal 2007, stock-based
compensation costs recognized during the nine-month period ended
December 30, 2006 are not indicative of the level of
compensation costs expected to be incurred for Fiscal 2007 as a
whole. A summary of the total compensation expense and
associated income tax benefits recognized related to stock-based
compensation arrangements is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005(a)
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005(a)
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Compensation expense
|
|
$
|
(11.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(31.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
4.3
|
|
|
$
|
3.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.4
|
|
|
$
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary of the incremental impact of adopting FAS 123R is
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(millions, except per share data)
|
|
|
Income before provision for income
taxes
|
|
$
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10.1
|
)
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
Diluted net income per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.06
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating
activities(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(29.6
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unearned
compensation(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
43.0
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(43.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R and in accordance with
existing accounting principles, the Company recognized
stock-based compensation expense in connection with both
service-based and performance-based restricted stock units, as
well as for shares of restricted stock. |
|
(b) |
|
Prior to the adoption of FAS 123R, benefits of tax
deductions in excess of recognized compensation costs were
reported as operating cash flows. FAS 123R requires excess
tax benefits to be reported as a financing cash inflow rather
than as a reduction of taxes paid. |
|
(c) |
|
Unearned compensation was eliminated against additional paid-in
capital as part of the adoption of FAS 123R as of
April 2, 2006. |
Transition
Information
Prior to April 2, 2006, the Company accounted for
stock-based compensation plans under the intrinsic value method
in accordance with APB 25 and adopted the disclosure-only
provisions of FAS 123. Under this standard, the Company did
not recognize compensation expense for the issuance of stock
options with an exercise price equal to or greater than the
market price at the date of grant. However, as required, the
Company disclosed, in the notes to the
16
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
consolidated financial statements, the pro forma expense impact
of the stock option grants as if the fair-value-based
recognition provisions of FAS 123 were applied.
Compensation expense was previously recognized for restricted
stock and restricted stock units. The effect of forfeitures on
restricted stock and restricted stock units was recognized when
such forfeitures occurred.
In accordance with the modified prospective application
transition method, prior period financial statements have not
been restated to reflect the effects of implementing
FAS 123R. The following table presents the Companys
pro forma net income and net income per share if compensation
expense for fixed stock option grants had been determined based
on the fair value at the grant dates of such awards as defined
by FAS 123 for the three and nine-month periods ended
December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Nine Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net income as reported
|
|
$
|
90.7
|
|
|
$
|
245.6
|
|
Add: stock-based employee
compensation expense included in reported net income, net of tax
|
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
Deduct: total stock-based employee
compensation expense determined under fair value based method
for all awards, net of tax
|
|
|
(9.6
|
)
|
|
|
(23.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$
|
87.4
|
|
|
$
|
235.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share as reported:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.87
|
|
|
$
|
2.36
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.84
|
|
|
$
|
2.30
|
|
Pro forma net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.83
|
|
|
$
|
2.27
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.81
|
|
|
$
|
2.20
|
|
Long-term
Stock Incentive Plan
The Companys 1997 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (as
amended) (the 1997 Plan) authorizes the grant of
awards to participants with respect to a maximum of
26.0 million shares of the Companys Class A
Common Stock; however, there are limits as to the number of
shares available for certain awards and to any one participant.
Equity awards that may be made under the 1997 Plan include
(a) stock options, (b) restricted stock, and
(c) restricted stock units.
Stock
Options
Stock options have been granted to employees and non-employee
directors with exercise prices equal to fair market value at the
date of grant. Generally, the options become exercisable ratably
(a graded-vesting schedule), over a three-year vesting period
for employees or over a two-year vesting period for non-employee
directors. Employee stock options generally expire either seven
or ten years from the date of grant. The Company recognizes
compensation expense for share-based awards that have graded
vesting and no performance conditions on an accelerated basis.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to
estimate the fair value of stock options granted, which requires
the input of subjective assumptions. The Company developed its
assumptions by analyzing the
17
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
historical exercise behavior of employees and non-employee
directors. The Companys assumptions used for the three and
nine-month periods ended December 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2005 were as follows:
Expected Term The estimate of expected term
is based on the historical exercise behavior of employees and
non-employee directors, as well as the contractual life of the
option grants.
Expected Volatility The expected volatility
factor is based on the historical volatility of the
Companys common stock for a period equal to the stock
options expected term.
Expected Dividend Yield The expected dividend
yield is based on the regular quarterly cash dividend of
$0.05 per share.
Risk-free Interest Rate The risk-free
interest rate is determined using the implied yield for a traded
zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond with a term equal to the
options expected term.
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the
following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Expected term (years)
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
29.5
|
%
|
|
|
29.1
|
%
|
|
|
33.2
|
%
|
|
|
29.1
|
%
|
Expected dividend yield
|
|
|
0.33
|
%
|
|
|
0.44
|
%
|
|
|
0.39
|
%
|
|
|
0.47
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
Weighted-average option grant date
fair value
|
|
$
|
21.32
|
|
|
$
|
18.63
|
|
|
$
|
19.26
|
|
|
$
|
14.41
|
|
A summary of the stock option activity under all plans during
the nine months ended December 30, 2006 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Contractual Term
|
|
|
Value(a)
|
|
|
|
(thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in years)
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Options outstanding at
April 2, 2006
|
|
|
8,268
|
|
|
$
|
28.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
|
56.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(1,981
|
)
|
|
|
25.92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled/Forfeited
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
|
|
41.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding at
December 30, 2006
|
|
|
7,026
|
|
|
$
|
32.62
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
$
|
320.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options vested and expected to
vest(b)
at December 30, 2006
|
|
|
6,754
|
|
|
$
|
32.11
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
$
|
311.7
|
|
Options exercisable at
December 30, 2006
|
|
|
4,681
|
|
|
$
|
26.28
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
$
|
243.4
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
The intrinsic value is the amount by which the market price at
the end of the period of the underlying share of stock exceeds
the exercise price of the stock option. |
|
(b) |
|
The number of options expected to vest takes into consideration
estimated expected forfeitures. |
The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during
the nine months ended December 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2005 was $74.0 million and
$40.2 million, respectively. As of December 30, 2006,
there was $12.8 million of total unrecognized compensation
expense related to nonvested stock options granted and the
unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized
over a weighted-average period of 1.1 years. Cash received
from the exercise of stock options during the nine months ended
December 30, 2006 and December 31,
18
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
2005 was $48.2 million and $44.9 million,
respectively, and the related tax benefits realized were
$29.6 million and $15.2 million, respectively.
Restricted
Stock and Restricted Stock Units
(RSUs)
The Company grants restricted shares of Class A common
stock and service-based restricted stock units to certain of its
senior executives. In addition, the Company grants
performance-based restricted stock units to such senior
executives and other key executives, and certain other employees
of the Company.
Restricted shares of Class A common stock, which entitle
the holder to receive a specified number of shares of
Class A common stock at the end of a vesting period, are
accounted for at fair value at the date of grant. Generally,
restricted stock grants vest over a five-year period of time,
subject to the executives continuing employment.
Restricted stock units entitle the grantee to receive shares of
Class A common stock at the end of a vesting period.
Service-based restricted stock units are payable in shares of
Class A common stock and generally vest over a five-year
period of time, subject to the executives continuing
employment. Performance-based restricted stock units also are
payable in shares of Class A common stock and generally may
vest over (1) a three-year period of time (cliff vesting),
subject to the employees continuing employment and the
Companys satisfaction of certain performance goals over
the three-year period; or (2) ratably over a three-year
period of time (graded vesting), subject to the employees
continuing employment during the applicable vesting period and
the achievement by the Company of separate annual performance
goals. In addition, holders of certain restricted stock units
are entitled to receive dividend equivalents in the form of
additional restricted stock units in connection with the payment
of dividends on the Companys Class A common stock.
Restricted stock units, including shares resulting from dividend
equivalents paid on such units, are accounted for at fair value
at the date of grant. The fair value of a restricted security is
based on the fair value of unrestricted Class A common
stock, as adjusted to reflect the absence of dividends for those
restricted securities that are not entitled to dividend
equivalents. Compensation expense for performance-based
restricted stock units is recognized over the service period
when attainment of the performance goals is probable.
A summary of the restricted stock and restricted stock unit
activity during the nine months ended December 30, 2006 is
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock
|
|
|
Service-Based RSUs
|
|
|
Performance-Based RSUs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
(thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested at April 2, 2006
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
$
|
24.47
|
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
$
|
34.46
|
|
|
|
806
|
|
|
$
|
39.38
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
55.43
|
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
|
55.17
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
21.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
34.23
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
51.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested at December 30, 2006
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
$
|
26.25
|
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
$
|
37.69
|
|
|
|
1,300
|
|
|
$
|
46.44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Stock
|
|
|
Service-Based RSUs
|
|
|
Performance-Based RSUs
|
|
|
Total unrecognized compensation at
December 30, 2006 (millions)
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
|
$
|
12.5
|
|
|
$
|
32.3
|
|
Weighted-average years expected to
be recognized over (in years)
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
19
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
There were no restricted stock awards granted during the nine
months ended December 31, 2005. The total fair value of
restricted stock awards vested during the nine months ended
December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 was
$4.2 million and $4.9 million, respectively. The
weighted-average grant date fair value of service-based
restricted stock units granted during the nine months ended
December 31, 2005 was $43.20. No service-based restricted
stock units vested during the nine months ended
December 30, 2006 or December 31, 2005. The
weighted-average grant date fair value of performance-based
restricted stock units granted during the nine months ended
December 31, 2005 was $43.14. The total fair value of
performance-based restricted stock units vested during the nine
months ended December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005
was $3.4 million and $2.7 million, respectively.
|
|
12.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Credit
Card Matters
The Company is indirectly subject to various claims relating to
allegations of security breaches in certain of its retail store
information systems. These claims have been made by various
credit card associations, issuing banks and credit card
processors with respect to cards issued by them pursuant to the
rules imposed by certain credit card issuers, particularly
Visa®
and
MasterCard®.
The allegations include fraudulent credit card charges, the cost
of replacing credit cards, related monitoring expenses and other
related claims.
In Fiscal 2005, the Company was subject to various claims
relating to an alleged security breach of its
point-of-sale
systems that occurred at certain Polo retail stores in the
United States. The Company has recorded a reserve in an
aggregate amount of $13 million to provide for its best
estimate of losses related to these claims, of which
$6.8 million was recorded during the second quarter of
Fiscal 2006 and $6.2 million was recorded during Fiscal
2005. The Company has paid approximately $11 million
through January 2007 in settlement of these various claims, and
the eligibility period for filing any new claims expired at the
end of January 2007.
In addition, in the third quarter of Fiscal 2007, the Company
was notified of an alleged compromise of its retail store
information systems that process its credit card data for
certain Club Monaco stores in Canada. While the investigation of
the alleged Club Monaco compromise is ongoing, the evidence to
date indicates that only numerical credit card data may have
been accessed and not customer names or contact information. The
Companys Canadian credit card processor has required the
Company to establish a reserve of $2 million to cover
potential claims relating to this alleged compromise and is in
the process of deducting funds from Club Monaco credit card
transactions for this reserve.
The Company is cooperating with law enforcement authorities in
both the United States and Canada in their investigations of
these matters. The Company is also assessing its potential
aggregate financial exposure with respect to its Club Monaco
retail store information systems as a result of the alleged
compromise. Although the claims could exceed the amount of the
remaining $2 million approximate reserve, management
believes that this reserve should be sufficient to cover the
Companys future financial exposure in connection with
these matters. The ultimate resolution of these matters is not
in any event expected to have a material adverse effect on the
Companys liquidity or financial position.
Wathne
Imports Litigation
On August 19, 2005, Wathne Imports, Ltd., our domestic
licensee for luggage and handbags (Wathne), filed a
complaint in the U.S. District Court in the Southern
District of New York against us and Ralph Lauren, our Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer, asserting, among other things,
Federal trademark law violations, breach of contract, breach of
obligations of good faith and fair dealing, fraud and negligent
misrepresentation. The complaint sought, among other relief,
injunctive relief, compensatory damages in excess of
$250 million and punitive damages of not less than
$750 million. On September 13, 2005, Wathne withdrew
this complaint from the U.S. District Court and filed a
complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New
York County, making
20
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
substantially the same allegations and claims (excluding the
Federal trademark claims), and seeking similar relief. On
February 1, 2006, the court granted our motion to dismiss
all of the causes of action, including the cause of action
against Mr. Lauren, except for the breach of contract
claims, and denied Wathnes motion for a preliminary
injunction against our production and sale of mens and
womens handbags. On May 16, 2006, a discovery
schedule was established for this case running through November
2006. Depositions commenced in this case in October 2006 and are
expected to take place through February 2007. On
October 31, 2006, the court denied Wathnes motion for
a preliminary injunction which sought to bar the Companys
Rugby stores from selling certain bags and to prevent the
Company from using certain gift bags that were furnished to
customers who made purchases at the Companys United States
Tennis Open temporary store. A trial date is not yet set for
this lawsuit but the Company does not currently anticipate that
this trial will occur prior to the fall of 2007. We believe this
suit to be without merit and intend to continue to contest it
vigorously. Accordingly, management does not expect that the
ultimate resolution of this matter will have a material adverse
effect on the Companys liquidity or financial position.
Polo
Trademark Litigation
On October 1, 1999, we filed a lawsuit against the United
States Polo Association Inc. (USPA), Jordache, Ltd.
and certain other entities affiliated with them, alleging that
the defendants were infringing on our trademarks. In connection
with this lawsuit, on July 19, 2001, the USPA and Jordache
filed a lawsuit against us in the United States District Court
for the Southern District of New York. This suit, which was
effectively a counterclaim by them in connection with the
original trademark action, asserted claims related to our
actions in connection with our pursuit of claims against the
USPA and Jordache for trademark infringement and other unlawful
conduct. Their claims stemmed from our contacts with the United
States Polo Associations and Jordaches retailers in
which we informed these retailers of our position in the
original trademark action. All claims and counterclaims, except
for our claims that the defendants violated the Companys
trademark rights, were settled in September 2003. We did not pay
any damages in this settlement. On July 30, 2004, the Court
denied all motions for summary judgment, and trial began on
October 3, 2005 with respect to the four double
horseman symbols that the defendants sought to use. On
October 20, 2005, the jury rendered a verdict, finding that
one of the defendants marks violated our world famous Polo
Player Symbol trademark and enjoining its further use, but
allowing the defendants to use the remaining three marks. On
November 16, 2005, we filed a motion before the trial court
to overturn the jurys decision and hold a new trial with
respect to the three marks that the jury found not to be
infringing. The USPA and Jordache opposed our motion, but did
not move to overturn the jurys decision that the fourth
double horseman logo did infringe on our trademarks. On
July 7, 2006, the judge denied our motion to overturn the
jurys decision. On August 4, 2006, the Company filed
an appeal of the judges decision to deny the
Companys motion for a new trial to the United States Court
of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The Company is awaiting a
decision from the Court with respect to this appeal.
California
Labor Law Litigation
On September 18, 2002, an employee at one of our stores
filed a lawsuit against the Company and our Polo Retail, LLC
subsidiary in the United States District Court for the District
of Northern California alleging violations of California
antitrust and labor laws. The plaintiff purported to represent a
class of employees who had allegedly been injured by a
requirement that certain retail employees purchase and wear
Company apparel as a condition of their employment. The
complaint, as amended, sought an unspecified amount of actual
and punitive damages, disgorgement of profits and injunctive and
declaratory relief. The Company answered the amended complaint
on November 4, 2002. A hearing on cross motions for summary
judgment on the issue of whether the Companys policies
violated California law took place on August 14, 2003. The
Court granted partial summary judgment with respect to certain
of the plaintiffs claims, but concluded that more
discovery was necessary before it could decide the key issue as
to whether the Company had maintained for a period of time a
dress code policy that violated California law. On
January 12, 2006, a proposed settlement of the purported
class action was submitted to the court for approval. A hearing
on the settlement was held before the Court on June 29,
2006. On October 26, 2006, the
21
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Court granted preliminary approval of the settlement and agreed
to begin the process of sending out claim forms to members of
the class. The proposed settlement cost of $1.5 million
does not exceed the reserve for this matter that we established
in Fiscal 2005. The proposed settlement would also result in the
dismissal of the similar purported class action filed in
San Francisco Superior Court as described below.
On April 14, 2003, a second putative class action was filed
in the San Francisco Superior Court. This suit, brought by
the same attorneys, alleges near identical claims to these in
the Federal class action. The class representatives consist of
former employees and the plaintiff in the federal court action.
Defendants in this class action include us and our Polo Retail,
LLC, Fashions Outlet of America, Inc., Polo Retail, Inc. and
San Francisco Polo, Ltd. subsidiaries as well as a
non-affiliated corporate defendant and two current managers. As
in the federal action, the complaint seeks an unspecified amount
of actual and punitive restitution of monies spent, and
declaratory relief. If the judge in the federal class action
accepts the proposed $1.5 million settlement, the state
court class action would subsequently be dismissed. As noted
above, on October 26, 2006, the Court granted preliminary
approval of the settlement.
On March 2, 2006, a former employee at our Club Monaco
store in Los Angeles, California filed a lawsuit against us in
the San Francisco Superior Court alleging violations of
California wage and hour laws. The plaintiff purports to
represent a class of Club Monaco store employees who allegedly
have been injured by being improperly classified as exempt
employees and thereby not receiving compensation for overtime
and not receiving meal and rest breaks. The complaint seeks an
unspecified amount of compensatory damages, disgorgement of
profits, attorneys fees and injunctive relief. We believe
this suit is without merit and intend to contest it vigorously.
Accordingly, management does not expect that the ultimate
resolution of this matter will have a material adverse effect on
the Companys liquidity or financial position.
On June 2, 2006, a second putative class action was filed
by different attorneys by a former employee of our Club Monaco
store in Cabazon, California against us in the Los Angeles
Superior Court alleging virtually identical claims as the
San Francisco action and consisting of the same class
members. As in the San Francisco action, the complaint
sought an unspecified amount of compensatory damages,
disgorgement of profits, attorneys fees and injunctive
relief. On August 21, 2006, the plaintiff voluntarily
withdrew his lawsuit.
On May 30, 2006, four former employees of our Ralph Lauren
stores in Palo Alto and San Francisco, California filed a
lawsuit in San Francisco Superior Court alleging violations
of California wage and hour laws. The plaintiffs purport to
represent a class of employees who allegedly have been injured
by not properly being paid commission earnings, not being paid
overtime, not receiving rest breaks, being forced to work off of
the clock while waiting to enter or leave the store and being
falsely imprisoned while waiting to leave the store. The
complaint seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory damages,
damages for emotional distress, disgorgement of profits,
punitive damages, attorneys fees and injunctive and
declaratory relief. We believe this suit is without merit and
intend to contest it vigorously. Accordingly, management does
not expect that the ultimate resolution of this matter will have
a material adverse effect on the Companys liquidity or
financial position.
French
Income Tax Audit
The French tax authorities are in the process of auditing one of
the Companys French subsidiaries for the taxable years
2000 through 2005. Among other matters still under review, the
French tax authorities have asserted that certain intercompany
royalty payments made by the Companys French subsidiary to
a related U.S. subsidiary were excessive and that a portion
should be disallowed as a deduction under French tax law.
The Company disagrees with the position of the French tax
authorities that such royalties were excessive. It is expected
that the matter ultimately will be resolved under the competent
authority procedures of the US-France Income Tax Treaty in order
to avoid the double taxation of such income.
Under French tax law, the Company was required to provide bank
guarantees for the payment of the asserted tax assessment prior
to resolution under the competent authority procedures.
Accordingly, the Company has
22
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
arranged for certain banks to guarantee payment to the French
tax authorities on behalf of the Company in the amount of
41.3 million. In order to secure these guarantees,
primarily in Fiscal 2007, the Company placed a corresponding
amount of cash in escrow with the banks as collateral for the
guarantees. Such cash has been classified as restricted
cash and reported as a component of other
assets in the Companys consolidated balance sheet.
Management does not expect that the ultimate resolution of the
asserted excess royalties matter will have a material adverse
effect on the Companys financial condition or results of
operations.
The French tax authorities are required to complete their audit
by December 31, 2007. While no significant adjustments
other than the asserted excess royalty matter have been formally
proposed by the French tax authorities as of the end of January
2007, certain tax positions taken by the Company in connection
with the restructuring of its European operations in Fiscal 2004
could be challenged. The Company maintains a tax reserve against
this potential exposure based on its best estimate of the
probable outcome. However, if asserted, it is reasonably
possible that an unfavorable settlement could exceed the
Companys established reserves by an estimated amount of up
to approximately $30 million, including related employee
profit-sharing obligations required under French law based on
the reassessed higher level of taxable income. Nevertheless,
management does not expect that the ultimate resolution of this
matter will have a material adverse effect on the Companys
liquidity or financial condition.
Other
Matters
We are otherwise involved from time to time in legal claims
involving trademark and intellectual property, licensing,
employee relations and other matters incidental to our business.
We believe that the resolution of these other matters currently
pending will not individually or in the aggregate have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of
operations.
The Company has three reportable segments: Wholesale, Retail and
Licensing. Such segments offer a variety of products through
different channels of distribution. Our Wholesale segment
consists of womens, mens and childrens
apparel, accessories and related products which are sold to
major department stores, specialty stores and our owned and
licensed retail stores in the United States and overseas. Our
Retail segment consists of the Companys worldwide retail
operations, which sell our products through our full-price and
factory stores, as well as Polo.com, our 50%-owned
e-commerce
website. The stores and the website sell products purchased from
our licensees, our suppliers and our Wholesale segment. Our
Licensing segment generates revenues from royalties earned on
the sale of our apparel, home and other products internationally
and domestically through our licensing alliances. The licensing
agreements grant the licensees rights to use our various
trademarks in connection with the manufacture and sale of
designated products in specified geographical areas for
specified periods.
The accounting policies of our segments are consistent with
those described in Notes 2 and 3 to the Companys
consolidated financial statements included in the Fiscal 2006
10-K. Sales
and transfers between segments are recorded at cost and treated
as transfers of inventory. All intercompany revenues are
eliminated in consolidation and are not reviewed when evaluating
segment performance. Each segments performance is
evaluated based upon operating income before restructuring
charges and one-time items, such as legal charges. Corporate
overhead expenses (exclusive of expenses for senior management,
overall branding-related expenses and certain other
corporate-related expenses) are allocated to the segments based
upon specific usage or other allocation methods.
23
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Net revenues and operating income for each segment are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale
|
|
$
|
535.8
|
|
|
$
|
454.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,687.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,368.7
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
540.4
|
|
|
|
479.2
|
|
|
|
1,397.0
|
|
|
|
1,223.8
|
|
Licensing
|
|
|
67.5
|
|
|
|
62.3
|
|
|
|
180.1
|
|
|
|
182.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,143.7
|
|
|
$
|
995.5
|
|
|
$
|
3,264.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,774.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale
|
|
$
|
91.4
|
|
|
$
|
82.2
|
|
|
$
|
339.0
|
|
|
$
|
271.6
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
94.9
|
|
|
|
63.8
|
|
|
|
226.3
|
|
|
|
138.8
|
|
Licensing
|
|
|
41.9
|
|
|
|
38.2
|
|
|
|
105.8
|
|
|
|
113.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228.2
|
|
|
|
184.2
|
|
|
|
671.1
|
|
|
|
524.0
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unallocated corporate expenses
|
|
|
(44.0
|
)
|
|
|
(40.6
|
)
|
|
|
(134.6
|
)
|
|
|
(123.2
|
)
|
Unallocated restructuring
charges(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
184.2
|
|
|
$
|
143.6
|
|
|
$
|
532.5
|
|
|
$
|
400.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Consists of restructuring charges relating to the Retail
segment. See Note 7. |
Depreciation and amortization expense for each segment is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale
|
|
$
|
10.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.0
|
|
|
$
|
34.1
|
|
|
$
|
29.3
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
42.1
|
|
|
|
40.4
|
|
Licensing
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Unallocated corporate expenses
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
32.8
|
|
|
$
|
36.3
|
|
|
$
|
104.2
|
|
|
$
|
94.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
POLO
RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
14.
|
Additional
Financial Information
|
Cash
Interest and Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
18.6
|
|
|
$
|
5.9
|
|
|
$
|
20.2
|
|
|
$
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
36.9
|
|
|
$
|
37.5
|
|
|
$
|
126.1
|
|
|
$
|
146.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash
Transactions
Significant non-cash investing activities during the nine months
ended December 30, 2006 included the capitalization of
fixed assets and recognition of related obligations in the
amount of $16.0 million. There were no other significant
non-cash financing and investing activities for the nine months
ended December 30, 2006. Significant non-cash investing
activities during the nine months ended December 31, 2005
included the non-cash allocation of the fair value of the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of the
Footwear Business as more fully described in Note 5.
Licensing-related
Transactions
Eyewear
Licensing Agreement
As previously disclosed in the Companys Fiscal 2006
10-K, in
February 2006, the Company announced that it had entered into a
ten-year exclusive licensing agreement with Luxottica Group,
S.p.A. and affiliates (Luxottica) for the design,
production and distribution of prescription frames and
sunglasses under the Polo Ralph Lauren brand (the Eyewear
Licensing Agreement).
The Eyewear Licensing Agreement took effect on January 1,
2007 after the Companys pre-existing licensing agreement
with another licensee expired. In early January, the Company
received a prepayment of $181.5 million, net of certain tax
withholdings, in consideration of the annual minimum royalty and
design-services fees to be earned over the life of the contract.
The prepayment is non-refundable, except with respect to certain
breaches of the agreement by the Company, in which case only the
unearned portion of the prepayment as determined based on the
specific terms of the agreement would be required to be repaid.
Underwear
Licensing Agreement
The Company licensed the right to manufacture and sell
Chaps-branded underwear under a long-term license agreement,
which was scheduled to expire in December 2009. During the third
quarter of Fiscal 2007, the Company and the licensee agreed to
terminate the licensing and related design-services agreements.
In connection with this agreement, the Company received a
portion of the minimum royalty and design-service fees due to it
under the underlying agreements on an accelerated basis. The
approximate $8 million of proceeds received by the Company
has been recognized as licensing revenue in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements for the three months ended
December 30, 2006.
25
|
|
Item 2.
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.
|
Special
Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
Various statements in this
Form 10-Q
or incorporated by reference into this
Form 10-Q,
in future filings by us with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the SEC), in our press releases and in
oral statements made by or with the approval of authorized
personnel constitute forward-looking statements
within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform
Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are based on current
expectations and are indicated by words or phrases such as
anticipate, estimate,
expect, project, we believe,
is or remains optimistic, currently
envisions and similar words or phrases and involve known
and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may
cause actual results, performance or achievements to be
materially different from the future results, performance or
achievements expressed in or implied by such forward-looking
statements. Forward-looking statements include statements
regarding, among other items:
|
|
|
|
|
our anticipated growth strategies;
|
|
|
|
our plans to expand internationally;
|
|
|
|
our plans to open new retail stores;
|
|
|
|
our ability to make certain strategic acquisitions of certain
selected licensees;
|
|
|
|
our intention to introduce new products or enter into new
alliances;
|
|
|
|
anticipated effective tax rates in future years;
|
|
|
|
future expenditures for capital projects;
|
|
|
|
our ability to continue to pay dividends and repurchase
Class A common stock;
|
|
|
|
our ability to continue to maintain our brand image and
reputation;
|
|
|
|
our ability to continue to initiate cost cutting efforts and
improve profitability; and
|
|
|
|
our efforts to improve the efficiency of our distribution system.
|
These forward-looking statements are based largely on our
expectations and judgments and are subject to a number of risks
and uncertainties, many of which are unforeseeable and beyond
our control. Significant factors that have the potential to
cause our actual results to differ materially from our
expectations are described in this
Form 10-Q
under the heading of Risk Factors. Our Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2006 (the Fiscal
2006
10-K)
contains a detailed discussion of these risk factors. There are
no material changes to such risk factors, nor are there any
identifiable previously undisclosed risks as set forth in
Part II, Item IA, Risk Factors, of this
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q.
We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise.
In this
Form 10-Q,
references to Polo, ourselves,
we, our, us and the
Company refer to Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation and
its subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise. Due to
the collaborative and ongoing nature of our relationships with
our licensees, such licensees are sometimes referred to in this
Form 10-Q
as licensing alliances. We utilize a
52-53 week
fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to March 31.
Fiscal year 2007 will end on March 31, 2007 and will be a
52-week
period (Fiscal 2007). Fiscal year 2006 ended on
April 1, 2006 and reflected a
52-week
period (Fiscal 2006). In turn, the third quarter for
Fiscal 2007 ended December 30, 2006 and was a
13-week
period. The third quarter for Fiscal 2006 ended
December 31, 2005 and was also a
13-week
period.
26
INTRODUCTION
Managements discussion and analysis of results of
operations and financial condition (MD&A) is
provided as a supplement to the accompanying unaudited interim
financial statements and footnotes to help provide an
understanding of our financial condition, changes in financial
condition and results of our operations. MD&A is organized
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Overview. This section provides a general
description of our business, a summary of financial performance
for the three-month and nine-month periods ended
December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, as well as a
discussion of transactions affecting comparability that we
believe are important in understanding our results of operations
and financial condition and in anticipating future trends.
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations. This section provides
an analysis of our results of operations for the three-month and
nine-month periods ended December 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
Financial Condition and Liquidity. This
section provides an analysis of our cash flows for the
nine-month periods ended December 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2005, as well as a discussion of our financial
condition and liquidity as of December 30, 2006. The
discussion of our financial condition and liquidity includes
(i) our available financial capacity under our credit
facility, (ii) a summary of our key debt compliance
measures and (iii) any material changes in financial
condition and certain contractual obligations since the end of
Fiscal 2006.
|
|
|
|
Market Risk Management. This section discusses
any significant changes in our interest rate and foreign
currency exposures, the types of derivative instruments used to
hedge those exposures, or underlying market conditions since the
end of Fiscal 2006.
|
|
|
|
Critical Accounting Policies. This section
discusses any significant changes in our accounting policies
since the end of Fiscal 2006 considered to be important to our
financial condition and results of operations and which require
significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in
their application. In addition, all of our significant
accounting policies, including our critical accounting policies,
are summarized in Notes 3 and 4 to our audited financial
statements included in our Fiscal 2006
10-K.
|
OVERVIEW
Our Company is a global leader in the design, marketing and
distribution of premium lifestyle products including mens,
womens and childrens apparel, accessories,
fragrances and home furnishings. Our long-standing reputation
and distinctive image have been consistently developed across an
expanding number of products, brands and international markets.
Our brand names include Polo, Polo by Ralph Lauren,
Ralph Lauren Purple Label, Ralph Lauren Black Label, RLX, Ralph
Lauren, Blue Label, Lauren, RL, Rugby, Chaps, and Club
Monaco, among others.
We classify our businesses into three segments: Wholesale,
Retail and Licensing. Our wholesale business consists of
wholesale-channel sales made principally to major department and
specialty stores located throughout the United States and
Europe. Our retail business consists of retail-channel sales
directly to consumers through full-price and factory retail
stores located throughout the United States, Canada, Europe,
South America and Asia, and through our jointly owned retail
internet site located at www.Polo.com. In addition, our
licensing business consists of royalty-based arrangements under
which we license the right to third parties to use our various
trademarks in connection with the manufacture and sale of
designated products, such as apparel, eyewear and fragrances, in
specified geographical areas for specified periods.
Our business is affected by seasonal trends, with higher levels
of wholesale sales in our second and fourth quarters and higher
retail sales in our second and third quarters. These trends
result primarily from the timing of seasonal wholesale shipments
and key vacation travel,
back-to-school
and holiday periods in the retail segment. Accordingly, our
operating results and cash flows for the three-month and
nine-month periods ended December 30, 2006 are not
necessarily indicative of the results and cash flows that may be
expected for Fiscal 2007 as a whole.
27
Summary
of Financial Performance
Three
Months Ended December 30, 2006 Compared to Three Months
Ended December 31, 2005
During the three-month period ended December 30, 2006, we
reported revenues of $1.144 billion, net income of
$110.5 million and net income per diluted share of $1.03.
This compares to revenues of $995.5 million, net income of
$90.7 million and net income per diluted share of $0.84
during the three-month period ended December 31, 2005. Our
strong operating performance for the fiscal third quarter was
primarily driven by 14.9% revenue growth led by our Wholesale
and Retail segments (including the effect of certain
acquisitions that occurred in Fiscal 2006) and gross profit
percentage expansion of 30 basis points to 53.7%. Excluding
the effect of acquisitions, revenues increased by 9.6%.
Operating results for Fiscal 2007 reflect a change in accounting
for stock-based compensation relating to the Companys
adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123R, Share-Based Payments,
(FAS 123R) as of April 2, 2006. Total
stock-based compensation costs were $11.9 million on a
pretax basis ($7.6 million after-tax) in the third quarter
of Fiscal 2007, compared to $10.1 million on a pretax basis
($6.3 million after-tax) in the third quarter of Fiscal
2006. In turn, net income per diluted share was reduced by stock
compensation costs in the amount of $0.07 per share in the third
quarter of Fiscal 2007, compared to $0.06 per share in the
third quarter of Fiscal 2006. Offsetting the higher stock-based
compensation costs and contributing to the growth in net income
and net income per diluted share in the third quarter was a net
reduction of approximately $4.4 million of pretax charges
related to the impairments of retail assets in Fiscal 2007 as
compared to Fiscal 2006. See Transactions Affecting
Comparability of Results of Operations and Financial
Condition described below.
Nine
Months Ended December 30, 2006 Compared to Nine Months
Ended December 31, 2005
During the nine-month period ended December 30, 2006, we
reported revenues of $3.264 billion, net income of
$327.7 million and net income per diluted share of $3.04.
This compares to revenues of $2.775 billion, net income of
$245.6 million and net income per diluted share of $2.30
during the nine-month period ended December 31, 2005. Our
strong operating performance for the nine months of the fiscal
year was primarily driven by 17.6% revenue growth led by our
Wholesale and Retail segments (including the effect of certain
acquisitions that occurred in Fiscal 2006) and gross profit
percentage expansion of 50 basis points to 54.5%. Excluding the
effect of acquisitions, revenues increased by 11.9%. Total
stock-based compensation costs reflecting the adoption of
FAS 123R were $31.2 million on a pretax basis
($19.8 million after-tax) in the nine-month period ending
December 30, 2006, compared to $21.1 million on a
pretax basis ($13.2 million after-tax) in the nine-month
period ending December 31, 2005. In turn, net income per
diluted share was reduced by stock-based compensation costs in
the amount of $0.18 per share during the nine-month period
ending December 30, 2006, compared to $0.12 per share
during the nine-month period ended December 31, 2005.
Offsetting the higher stock-based compensation costs and
contributing to the growth in net income and net income per
diluted share during the nine-month period ended
December 30, 2006 was a net reduction in Fiscal 2007 as
compared to Fiscal 2006 of approximately $12.2 million of
pretax charges related to restructurings, asset impairments and
credit card contingencies. See Transactions Affecting
Comparability of Results of Operations and Financial
Condition described below.
See Note 11 to the accompanying unaudited consolidated
financial statements for further discussion of the impact of
adopting FAS 123R.
Financial
Condition and Liquidity
Our financial position continues to reflect the strength of our
business results. We ended the first nine months of Fiscal 2007
with a net cash position (total cash and cash equivalents less
total debt) of $358.0 million, compared to
$5.3 million at April 1, 2006. In addition, our
stockholders equity increased to $2.306 billion at
December 30, 2006, compared to $2.050 billion at the
end of Fiscal 2006. During the third quarter of Fiscal 2007, we
successfully completed the issuance of 300 million
principal amount of 4.50% notes due October 4, 2013
(the 2006 Euro Debt). We used the net proceeds from
this issuance to repay approximately 227 million
principal amount of Euro debt obligations that matured on
November 22, 2006 (the 1999 Euro Debt) and for
general corporate and working capital purposes. Also during this
quarter, we took advantage of our recent credit rating upgrades
and amended our credit facility to increase our borrowing
capacity, lower our financing costs and eliminate certain
financial covenants (see Note 8 to the accompanying
unaudited consolidated financial statements). We generated
28
$654.1 million of cash from operations during the nine
months ended December 30, 2006, compared to
$493.6 million in the comparable prior period. Our Board of
Directors approved an expansion of our existing stock repurchase
program to an additional $250 million of authorized
repurchases as announced during the second quarter of Fiscal
2007 (see Note 10 to the accompanying unaudited
consolidated financial statements). As part of this program, we
purchased an additional 0.9 million shares of Class A
common stock at a cost of $61.7 during the three months ended
December 30, 2006.
Subsequent to the end of the quarter, in January 2007, our
financial position improved further through the receipt of
approximately $180 million of prepaid royalty and
design-service fees from Luxottica Group, S.p.A. and affiliates
(Luxottica) in connection with the start of our new,
ten-year eyewear licensing agreement with Luxottica (see
Note 14 to the accompanying unaudited consolidated
financial statements).
Transactions
Affecting Comparability of Results of Operations and Financial
Condition
The comparability of the Companys operating results has
been affected by certain acquisitions that occurred in Fiscal
2006. In particular, the Company acquired the Polo Jeans
Business on February 3, 2006 and the Footwear Business on
July 15, 2005 (each as defined in Note 5 to the
accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements). In
addition, as noted above, the comparability of the
Companys operating results also has been affected by the
change in accounting for stock-based compensation effective as
of the beginning of Fiscal 2007 and by certain pretax charges
related to restructurings, asset impairments and credit card
contingencies. A summary of the effect of these items on pretax
income for each period is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation costs
(see Note 11)
|
|
$
|
(11.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(31.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(21.1
|
)
|
Restructuring charges (see
Note 7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Impairments of retail assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
Credit card contingency charge
(see Note 12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(11.9
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(35.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(37.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following discussion of results of operations highlights, as
necessary, the significant changes in operating results arising
from these items and transactions. However, unusual items or
transactions may occur in any period. Accordingly, investors and
other financial statement users individually should consider the
types of events and transactions that have affected operating
trends.
29
RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
Three
Months Ended December 30, 2006 Compared to Three Months
Ended December 31, 2005
The following table sets forth the amounts and the percentage
relationship to net revenues of certain items in our
consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended
December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
1,143.7
|
|
|
$
|
995.5
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of goods
sold(a)
|
|
|
(529.7
|
)
|
|
|
(464.0
|
)
|
|
|
(46.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(46.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
614.0
|
|
|
|
531.5
|
|
|
|
53.7
|
%
|
|
|
53.4
|
%
|
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses(a)
|
|
|
(426.8
|
)
|
|
|
(381.7
|
)
|
|
|
(37.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(38.3
|
)%
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
Impairments of retail assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
184.2
|
|
|
|
143.6
|
|
|
|
16.1
|
%
|
|
|
14.4
|
%
|
Foreign currency gains (losses)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(7.1
|
)
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
Interest income
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
Equity in income of equity-method
investees
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Minority interest expense
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for
income taxes
|
|
|
180.8
|
|
|
|
143.1
|
|
|
|
15.8
|
%
|
|
|
14.4
|
%
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(70.3
|
)
|
|
|
(52.4
|
)
|
|
|
(6.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
110.5
|
|
|
$
|
90.7
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per
share Basic
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per
share Diluted
|
|
$
|
1.03
|
|
|
$
|
0.84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Includes depreciation expense of $29.8 million and
$34.5 million for the three-month periods ended
December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. |
Net Revenues. Net revenues for the third
quarter of Fiscal 2007 were $1.144 billion, an increase of
$148.2 million over net revenues for the third quarter of
Fiscal 2006 due to a combination of organic growth and
acquisitions. Wholesale revenues increased by $81.8 million
primarily as a result of revenues from the newly acquired Polo
Jeans Business, increased global sales in our menswear and
womenswear product lines and the continued success of the Chaps
for women and boys product lines launched during the first
quarter of Fiscal 2007. The increase in net revenues also was
driven by a $61.2 million revenue increase in our retail
segment as a result of improved comparable global retail store
sales, continued store expansion (including our new Tokyo
flagship store) and growth in Polo.com sales. Licensing revenue
increased by $5.2 million primarily due to the accelerated
receipt
30
and recognition of approximately $8 million of minimum
royalty and design-service fees in connection with the
termination of a licensing agreement. Net revenues by business
segment were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale
|
|
$
|
535.8
|
|
|
$
|
454.0
|
|
|
$
|
81.8
|
|
|
|
18.0
|
%
|
Retail
|
|
|
540.4
|
|
|
|
479.2
|
|
|
|
61.2
|
|
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
Licensing
|
|
|
67.5
|
|
|
|
62.3
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,143.7
|
|
|
$
|
995.5
|
|
|
$
|
148.2
|
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale net sales the net increase
primarily reflects:
|
|
|
|
|
the inclusion of $57 million of revenue from the newly
acquired Polo Jeans Business;
|
|
|
|
a $20 million aggregate net increase led by our global
menswear and womenswear businesses, primarily driven by growth
in our Lauren product line, and the continued success from the
domestic launch of our Chaps for women and boys product lines,
partially offset by declines in our childrenswear and footwear
product lines; and
|
|
|
|
a $5 million increase in revenues as a result of a
favorable foreign currency effect due to the strengthening of
the Euro in comparison to the U.S. dollar in the current
period.
|
Retail net sales For purposes of the
discussion of retail operating performance below, we refer to
the measure comparable store sales. Comparable store
sales refers to the growth of sales in stores that are open for
at least one full fiscal year. Sales for stores that are closing
during a fiscal year are excluded from the calculation of
comparable store sales. Sales for stores that are either
relocated, enlarged (as defined by gross square footage
expansion of 25% or greater) or closed for 30 or more
consecutive days for renovation are also excluded from the
calculation of comparable store sales until stores have been in
their location for at least a full fiscal year. Comparable store
sales information includes both Ralph Lauren stores and Club
Monaco stores.
The increase in retail net sales primarily reflects:
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate $30 million increase in comparable full-price
and factory store sales on a global basis. This increase was
driven by a 7.2% increase in comparable full-price store sales
and a 7.5% increase in comparable factory store sales. Excluding
a favorable $4 million effect on revenues from foreign
currency exchange rates, comparable full-price store sales
increased 6.1% and comparable factory store sales increased 6.6%;
|
|
|
|
a net increase in global store count of 2 stores compared to the
prior period, to a total of 299 stores, as several new openings
were offset by the closure of certain Club Monaco stores in the
fourth quarter of Fiscal 2006 and the second quarter of Fiscal
2007; and
|
|
|
|
an approximate $22 million increase in sales at Polo.com,
including a $16 million seasonal effect from a change in
fiscal year in the legal entity that operates Polo.com enacted
in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2006.
|
Licensing revenues the net increase in
revenue reflects:
|
|
|
|
|
the accelerated receipt and recognition of approximately
$8 million of minimum royalty and design-service fees in
connection with the termination of a licensing agreement;
|
|
|
|
the loss of licensing revenues from our Polo Jeans Business now
included as part of the Wholesale segment; and
|
|
|
|
an increase in international licensing royalties, which
partially offset a decline in Home licensing royalties.
|
31
The following table sets forth the operating costs and expenses
included in our consolidated statement of operations for the
three months ended December 30, 2006 and December 31,
2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(529.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(464.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
(65.7
|
)
|
|
|
14.2
|
%
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
(426.8
|
)
|
|
|
(381.7
|
)
|
|
|
(45.1
|
)
|
|
|
11.8
|
%
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
66.7
|
%
|
Impairments of retail assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)%
|
Cost of Goods Sold. Cost of goods sold was
$529.7 million for the three months ended December 30,
2006, compared to $464.0 million for the three months ended
December 31, 2005. Expressed as a percentage of net
revenues, cost of goods sold was 46.3% for the three months
ended December 30, 2006, compared to 46.6% for the three
months ended December 31, 2005. The net reduction in cost
of goods sold as a percentage of revenues primarily reflects
reduced markdown activity as a result of improved inventory
management and better full-price sell-through of our products in
all channels of distribution, in addition to the accelerated
receipt and recognition of approximately $8 million of
minimum royalty and design-service fees in connection with the
termination of a license agreement.
Gross Profit. Gross profit was
$614.0 million for the three months ended December 30,
2006, an increase of $82.5 million, or 15.5%, compared to
$531.5 million for the three months ended December 31,
2005. Gross profit as a percentage of net revenues increased to
53.7% in the third quarter of Fiscal 2007, compared to 53.4% in
the third quarter of Fiscal 2006. The increase in gross profit
reflected higher net sales and improved merchandise margins,
generally across our wholesale product lines and retail
businesses. However, the improvement in gross profit margins was
partially offset by the lower gross profit performance of our
newly acquired Polo Jeans business associated with the
liquidation of existing inventory in anticipation of our
redesign and launch of our new denim and casual sportswear
product lines scheduled for spring 2007.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses. SG&A expenses were
$426.8 million for the three months ended December 30,
2006, an increase of $45.1 million, or 11.8%, compared to
$381.7 million for the three months ended December 31,
2005. SG&A expenses as a percent of net revenues decreased
to 37.3% from 38.3%. The $45.1 million net increase in
SG&A expenses was primarily driven by:
|
|
|
|
|
higher compensation-related expenses (excluding stock-based
compensation) of approximately $18.6 million, principally
relating to increased selling costs associated with higher
retail sales and our ongoing worldwide retail store and product
line expansion, and higher investment in infrastructure to
support the ongoing growth of our businesses;
|
|
|
|
the inclusion of SG&A costs for our newly acquired Polo
Jeans Business;
|
|
|
|
higher facilities costs to support the ongoing growth of our
businesses; and
|
|
|
|
incremental stock-based compensation expense of
$1.8 million as a result of the adoption of FAS 123R
as of April 2, 2006 (refer to Note 11 to the
accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements).
|
Amortization of Intangible
Assets. Amortization of intangible assets
increased to $3.0 million during the three months ended
December 30, 2006 from $1.8 million during the three
months ended December 31, 2005, primarily as a result of
amortization of intangible assets related to the Polo Jeans
Business acquired in February 2006.
Impairments of Retail Assets. A non-cash
impairment charge of $4.4 million was recognized during the
three months ended December 31, 2005 to reduce the carrying
value of fixed assets relating to our Club Monaco brand. No
impairment charges were recognized in Fiscal 2007.
32
Operating Income. Operating income increased
$40.6 million, or 28.3%, for the three months ended
December 30, 2006 over the three months ended
December 31, 2005. Operating income for our three business
segments is provided below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale
|
|
$
|
91.4
|
|
|
$
|
82.2
|
|
|
$
|
9.2
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
Retail
|
|
|
94.9
|
|
|
|
63.8
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
|
|
48.7
|
%
|
Licensing
|
|
|
41.9
|
|
|
|
38.2
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228.2
|
|
|
|
184.2
|
|
|
|
44.0
|
|
|
|
23.9
|
%
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unallocated corporate expenses
|
|
|
(44.0
|
)
|
|
|
(40.6
|
)
|
|
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
184.2
|
|
|
$
|
143.6
|
|
|
$
|
40.6
|
|
|
|
28.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale operating income increased by $9.2 million
primarily as a result of higher sales and improved gross margin
rates in most product lines, as well as the incremental
contribution from the newly acquired Polo Jeans business and new
product lines. These increases were partially offset by
increases in SG&A expenses and higher amortization expenses
associated with intangible assets recognized in acquisitions.
Retail operating income increased by $31.1 million
primarily as a result of increased net sales and improved gross
margin rates, as well as the absence of a non-cash impairment
charge of $4.4 million recognized in Fiscal 2006. These
increases were partially offset by an increase in selling
salaries and related costs in connection with the increase in
retail sales and worldwide store expansion, including the new
Tokyo flagship store.
Licensing operating income increased by $3.7 million
primarily due to the accelerated receipt and recognition of
approximately $8 million of minimum royalty and
design-service fees in connection with the termination of a
license agreement, as well as an increase in international
licensing royalties. These increases were partially offset by
the loss of royalty income formerly collected in connection with
the Polo Jeans Business, which has now been acquired and a
decline in Home licensing royalties.
Unallocated corporate expenses increased by
$3.4 million due to increases in compensation-related and
facilities costs to support the ongoing growth of our
businesses. The increase in compensation-related costs included
higher stock-based compensation expenses due to the adoption of
FAS 123R.
The following table sets forth the non-operating income and
expenses included in our consolidated statement of operations
for the three months ended December 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency gains (losses)
|
|
$
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
116.7
|
%
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(7.1
|
)
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
115.2
|
%
|
Interest income
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
81.6
|
%
|
Equity in income of equity-method
investees
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(12.5
|
)%
|
Minority interest expense
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
65.0
|
%
|
Foreign Currency Gains (Losses). The effect of
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations resulted in a loss
of $1.3 million during the three months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to a loss of $0.6 million
in the comparable prior period. The increase in foreign currency
losses for the three months ended December 30, 2006 is the
result of unsettled intercompany receivables and payables that
were not of a long-term investment nature and were affected by
the strengthening of the Euro during the period. Foreign
currency gains and losses are unrelated to
33
the impact of changes in the value of the U.S. dollar when
operating results of our foreign subsidiaries are translated to
U.S. dollars at period-ends.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased
to $7.1 million during the three months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to $3.3 million in the
comparable prior period. The increase is primarily due to
overlapping interest on debt during the period between the
issuance of the 2006 Euro Debt and the repayment of the 1999
Euro Debt.
Interest Income. Interest income increased to
$6.9 million during the three months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to $3.8 million in the
comparable prior period. This increase is due largely to higher
balances of our invested excess cash.
Equity in Income of Equity-Method
Investees. Equity in the income of equity-method
investees was $1.4 million during the three months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to $1.6 million in the
comparable prior period. This income relates to our 20%
investment in Impact 21, a company that holds the
sublicenses with PRL Japan for our mens, womens and
jeans businesses in Japan (Impact 21). There were no
significant fluctuations in equity income of equity-method
investees.
Minority Interest Expense. Minority interest
expense increased to $3.3 million during the three months
ended December 30, 2006, compared to $2.0 million in
the comparable prior period. The net increase is primarily
related to the improved operating performance of RL Media and
the associated allocation of income to the minority partners.
Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for
income taxes increased to $70.3 million during the three
months ended December 30, 2006, compared to
$52.4 million in the comparable prior period. This is a
result of the increase in pretax income, as well as an increase
in our reported effective tax rate to 38.9% during the third
quarter of Fiscal 2007 from 36.6% during the comparable prior
period. The change in the reported effective tax rate for the
three months ended December 30, 2006 compared to the
comparable prior period is principally due to tax reserve
adjustments associated with anticipated disallowed expense
deductions in certain foreign jurisdictions. In addition, in
accordance with APB No. 28, Interim Financial
Reporting, the rate differential for the quarter also
resulted from the required changes to the quarterly tax
provision associated with the Companys ongoing refinement
of its best estimate of the effective tax rate expected for the
full fiscal year.
Net Income. Net income increased to
$110.5 million during the three months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to $90.7 million during
the three months ended December 31, 2005. The
$19.8 million increase in net income, or 21.8%, principally
related to the $40.6 million increase in operating income,
as previously discussed, offset in part by higher income taxes
of $17.9 million.
Net Income Per Diluted Share. Net income per
diluted share increased to $1.03 during the three months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to $0.84 during the three
months ended December 31, 2005. The increase in diluted per
share results was primarily due to the higher level of net
income associated with our underlying operating performance.
34
Nine
Months Ended December 30, 2006 Compared to Nine Months
Ended December 31, 2005
The following table sets forth the amounts and the percentage
relationship to net revenues of certain items in our
consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended
December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
3,264.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,774.8
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of goods
sold(a)
|
|
|
(1,486.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1,277.4
|
)
|
|
|
(45.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(46.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,778.1
|
|
|
|
1,497.4
|
|
|
|
54.5
|
%
|
|
|
54.0
|
%
|
Selling, general and
administrative
expenses(a)
|
|
|
(1,229.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1,082.9
|
)
|
|
|
(37.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(39.0
|
)%
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
(12.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
Impairments of retail assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
532.5
|
|
|
|
400.8
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
|
|
14.4
|
%
|
Foreign currency gains (losses)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(16.0
|
)
|
|
|
(8.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
Interest income
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Equity in income of equity-method
investees
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Minority interest expense
|
|
|
(10.9
|
)
|
|
|
(7.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for
income taxes
|
|
|
522.9
|
|
|
|
392.5
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
%
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(195.2
|
)
|
|
|
(146.9
|
)
|
|
|
(6.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
327.7
|
|
|
$
|
245.6
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
|
8.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per
share Basic
|
|
$
|
3.13
|
|
|
$
|
2.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per
share Diluted
|
|
$
|
3.04
|
|
|
$
|
2.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Includes depreciation expense of $91.8 million and
$90.2 million for the nine-month periods ended
December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. |
Net Revenues. Net revenues for the nine months
ended December 30, 2006 were $3.264 billion, an
increase of $489.3 million over net revenues for the nine
months ended December 31, 2005 due to a combination of
organic growth and acquisitions. Wholesale revenues increased by
$318.3 million, primarily as a result of revenues from the
newly acquired Polo Jeans and Footwear Businesses, the
successful launch of the Chaps for women and boys product lines,
and increased sales in our global menswear and womenswear
product lines. The increase in net revenues also was driven by a
$173.2 million revenue increase in our retail segment as a
result of improved comparable global retail store sales,
continued store expansion (including our new Tokyo flagship
store) and growth in Polo.com sales. Licensing revenue decreased
by $2.2 million primarily as a result of the loss of Polo
Jeans and
35
Footwear Business product licensing revenue (now included as
part of the Wholesale segment). Net revenues by business segment
were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale
|
|
$
|
1,687.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,368.7
|
|
|
$
|
318.3
|
|
|
|
23.3
|
%
|
Retail
|
|
|
1,397.0
|
|
|
|
1,223.8
|
|
|
|
173.2
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
%
|
Licensing
|
|
|
180.1
|
|
|
|
182.3
|
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,264.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,774.8
|
|
|
$
|
489.3
|
|
|
|
17.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale net sales the net increase
primarily reflects:
|
|
|
|
|
the inclusion of $174 million of revenues from our newly
acquired Footwear and Polo Jeans Business;
|
|
|
|
a $131 million aggregate net increase in our global
menswear, womenswear and childrenswear businesses, primarily
driven by strong growth in our Lauren product line, increased
full-price sell-through performance in our menswear business and
the effects from the successful domestic launch of our Chaps for
women and boys product lines; and
|
|
|
|
a $13 million increase in revenues due to a favorable
foreign currency effect, primarily related to the strengthening
of the Euro in comparison to the U.S. dollar in Fiscal 2007.
|
Retail net sales the net increase primarily
reflects:
|
|
|
|
|
an aggregate $85 million increase in comparable full-price
and factory store sales on a global basis. This increase was
driven by a 7.8% increase in comparable full-price store sales
and an 8.0% increase in comparable factory store sales.
Excluding a net favorable $5 million effect on revenues
from foreign currency exchange rates, comparable full-price and
factory store sales increased 7.4% and 7.7%, respectively;
|
|
|
|
an average net increase in store count of 5 stores compared to
the prior period, to a total of 299 stores, as several new
openings were offset by the closure of certain Club Monaco
stores in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2006 and the second
quarter of Fiscal 2007; and
|
|
|
|
a $38 million increase in sales at Polo.com, including a
$18 million seasonal effect from a change in fiscal year in
the legal entity that operates Polo.com enacted in the fourth
quarter of Fiscal 2006.
|
Licensing revenue the net decrease primarily
reflects:
|
|
|
|
|
the loss of licensing revenues from our Polo Jeans Business and
Footwear Business now included as part of the Wholesale
segment; and
|
|
|
|
a decline in Home licensing royalties, partially offset by an
increase in international licensing royalties and the
accelerated receipt and recognition of approximately
$8 million of minimum royalty and design-service fees in
connection with the termination of a license agreement.
|
36
The following table sets forth the operating costs and expenses
included in our consolidated statement of operations for the
nine months ended December 30, 2006 and December 31,
2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
(1,486.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,277.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(208.6
|
)
|
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
(1,229.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1,082.9
|
)
|
|
|
(146.3
|
)
|
|
|
13.5
|
%
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
(12.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
188.4
|
%
|
Impairments of retail assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)%
|
Restructuring charges
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
NM
|
|
NM - Not Meaningful
Cost of Goods Sold. Cost of goods sold was
$1.486 billion for the nine months ended December 30,
2006, compared to $1.277 billion for the nine months ended
December 31, 2005. Expressed as a percentage of net
revenues, cost of goods sold was 45.5% for the nine months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to 46.0% for the nine months
ended December 31, 2005. The net reduction in cost of goods
sold as a percentage of revenues primarily reflects the ongoing
focus on inventory management, sourcing efficiencies, reduced
markdown activity as a result of better full-price sell-through
of our products, and the accelerated receipt and recognition of
approximately $8 million of minimum royalty and
design-service fees in connection with the termination of a
license agreement.
Gross Profit. Gross profit was
$1.778 billion for the nine months ended December 30,
2006, an increase of approximately $281.0 million, or
18.8%, compared to $1.497 billion for the nine months ended
December 31, 2005. Gross profit as a percentage of net
revenues increased to 54.5%, compared to 54.0% in the comparable
period of the prior year. The increase in gross profit reflected
higher net sales and improved merchandise margins, generally
across our wholesale product lines and retail businesses.
However, the improvement in gross profit margins was partially
offset by the lower gross profit performance of our newly
acquired Polo Jeans business associated with the liquidation of
existing inventory in anticipation of our redesign and launch of
our new denim and casual sportswear product lines scheduled for
spring 2007.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses. SG&A expenses were
$1.229 billion for the nine months ended December 30,
2006, an increase of $146.3 million, or 13.5%, compared to
$1.083 billion for the nine months ended December 31,
2005. SG&A expenses as a percent of net revenues decreased
to 37.7% from 39.0%. The $146.3 million net increase in
SG&A expenses was primarily driven by:
|
|
|
|
|
higher compensation-related expenses (excluding stock-based
compensation) of approximately $58.0 million, principally
relating to increased selling costs associated with higher
retail sales and our ongoing worldwide retail store and product
line expansion, and higher investment in infrastructure to
support the ongoing growth of our businesses;
|
|
|
|
the inclusion of SG&A costs for our newly acquired Footwear
and Polo Jeans Businesses;
|
|
|
|
higher brand-related marketing and facilities costs to support
the ongoing growth of our businesses;
|
|
|
|
incremental stock-based compensation expense of
$10.1 million as a result of the adoption of FAS 123R
as of April 2, 2006 (refer to Note 11 to the
accompanying unaudited consolidated financial
statements); and
|
|
|
|
a reduction in costs of $6.8 million due to the absence of
the credit card contingency charge recognized in Fiscal 2006.
|
Amortization of Intangible
Assets. Amortization of intangible assets
increased to $12.4 million during the nine months ended
December 30, 2006 from $4.3 million during the nine
months ended December 31, 2005 as a result of amortization
of intangible assets related to the Polo Jeans Business acquired
in February 2006 and the Footwear Business acquired in July 2005.
37
Impairments of Retail Assets. A non-cash
impairment charge of $9.4 million was recognized during the
nine months ended December 31, 2005 to reduce the carrying
value of fixed assets largely relating to our Club Monaco brand.
No impairment charges were recognized in Fiscal 2007.
Restructuring Charges. Restructuring charges
of $4.0 million were recognized during the nine months
ended December 30, 2006, principally associated with the
Club Monaco Restructuring Plan. No restructuring charges were
recognized during the comparable period in Fiscal 2006.
Operating Income. Operating income increased
$131.7 million, or 32.9%, for the nine months ended
December 30, 2006 over the nine months ended
December 31, 2005. Operating income for our three business
segments is provided below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale
|
|
$
|
339.0
|
|
|
$
|
271.6
|
|
|
$
|
67.4
|
|
|
|
24.8
|
%
|
Retail
|
|
|
226.3
|
|
|
|
138.8
|
|
|
|
87.5
|
|
|
|
63.0
|
%
|
Licensing
|
|
|
105.8
|
|
|
|
113.6
|
|
|
|
(7.8
|
)
|
|
|
(6.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
671.1
|
|
|
|
524.0
|
|
|
|
147.1
|
|
|
|
28.1
|
%
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unallocated corporate expenses
|
|
|
(134.6
|
)
|
|
|
(123.2
|
)
|
|
|
(11.4
|
)
|
|
|
9.3
|
%
|
Unallocated restructuring charges
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
NM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
532.5
|
|
|
$
|
400.8
|
|
|
$
|
131.7
|
|
|
|
32.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NM - Not Meaningful
Wholesale operating income increased by
$67.4 million primarily as a result of higher sales and
improved gross margin rates in most product lines, as well as
the incremental contribution from the newly acquired Polo Jeans
business and new product lines. These increases were partially
offset by increases in SG&A expenses and higher amortization
expenses associated with intangible assets recognized in
acquisitions.
Retail operating income increased by $87.5 million
primarily as a result of increased net sales and improved gross
margin rates, as well as the absence of a non-cash impairment
charge of $9.4 million recognized in Fiscal 2006. These
increases were partially offset by an increase in selling
salaries and related costs in connection with the increase in
retail sales and worldwide store expansion, including the new
Tokyo flagship store.
Licensing operating income decreased by $7.8 million
primarily due to the loss of royalty income formerly collected
in connection with the Footwear and Polo Jeans Businesses, which
have now been acquired. The decline in Home licensing royalties
also contributed to the decrease, partially offset by the
accelerated receipt and recognition of approximately
$8 million of minimum royalty and design-service fees in
connection with the termination of a license agreement as well
as an increase in international licensing royalties.
Unallocated corporate expenses increased by
$11.4 million primarily as a result of increases in
brand-related marketing, payroll-related and facilities costs to
support the ongoing growth of our businesses. The increase in
compensation-related costs includes higher stock-based
compensation expense due to the adoption of FAS 123R. Such
increases were partially offset by the absence of a
$6.8 million charge recognized in Fiscal 2006 to increase
our reserve against the financial exposure associated with the
credit card contingency.
Unallocated restructuring charges. Unallocated
restructuring charges were $4.0 million during the nine
months ended December 30, 2006, principally associated with
the Club Monaco Restructuring Plan (as defined in Note 7 to
the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements).
There were no restructuring charges recognized in the comparable
period of Fiscal 2006.
38
The following table sets forth the non-operating income and
expenses included in our consolidated statement of operations
for the nine months ended December 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Increase/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency gains (losses)
|
|
$
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
(81.8
|
)%
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(16.0
|
)
|
|
|
(8.6
|
)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
86.0
|
%
|
Interest income
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
60.4
|
%
|
Equity in income of equity-method
investees
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
(32.6
|
)%
|
Minority interest expense
|
|
|
(10.9
|
)
|
|
|
(7.3
|
)
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
49.3
|
%
|
Foreign Currency Gains (Losses). The effect of
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations resulted in a loss
of $1.2 million during the nine months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to a loss of $6.6 million
in the comparable prior period. The decrease in foreign currency
losses compared to the prior period is due to the timing of the
settlement of intercompany receivables and payables (that were
not of a long-term investment nature) between certain of our
international and domestic subsidiaries. Foreign currency gains
and losses are unrelated to the impact of changes in the value
of the U.S. dollar when operating results of our foreign
subsidiaries are translated to U.S. dollars.
Interest Expense. Interest expense increased
to $16.0 million during the nine months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to $8.6 million in the
comparable prior period. (The increase is primarily due to
interest on additional capitalized lease obligations compared to
the prior period, overlapping interest on debt during the period
between the issuance of the 2006 Euro Debt and the repayment of
the 1999 Euro Debt and higher effective interest rates.
Interest Income. Interest income increased to
$15.4 million during the nine months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to $9.6 million in the
comparable prior period. This increase is due largely to higher
interest rates and balances on our invested excess cash.
Equity in Income of Equity-Method
Investees. Equity in the income of equity-method
investees was $3.1 million during the nine months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to $4.6 million in the
comparable prior period. The decrease related to lower income
from our 20% investment in Impact 21.
Minority Interest Expense. Minority interest
expense increased to $10.9 million during the nine months
ended December 30, 2006, compared to $7.3 million in
the comparable prior period. The net increase is primarily
related to the improved operating performance of RL Media
compared to the prior period and the associated allocation of
income to the minority partners.
Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for
income taxes increased to $195.2 million during the nine
months ended December 30, 2006, compared to
$146.9 million in the comparable prior period. This is a
result of the increase in pretax income partially offset by a
slight decrease in our reported effective tax rate to 37.3%
during the third quarter of Fiscal 2007 from 37.4% during the
comparable prior period.
Net Income. Net income increased to
$327.7 million for the nine months ended December 30,
2006, compared to $245.6 million for the nine months ended
December 31, 2005. The $82.1 million increase in net
income, or 33.4%, principally related to our $131.7 million
increase in operating income, as previously discussed, offset in
part by higher income taxes of $48.3 million.
Net Income Per Diluted Share. Net income per
diluted share increased to $3.04 per share for the nine
months ended December 30, 2006, compared to $2.30 per share
for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. The increase
in diluted per share results was primarily due to the higher
level of net income associated with our underlying operating
performance, partially offset by higher weighted-average diluted
shares outstanding.
39
FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
Financial
Condition
At December 30, 2006, we had $751.8 million of cash
and cash equivalents, $393.8 million of debt (net cash of
$358.0 million, defined as total cash and cash equivalents
less total debt) and $2.306 billion of stockholders
equity. This compares to $285.7 million of cash and cash
equivalents, $280.4 million of debt (net cash of
$5.3 million) and $2.050 billion of stockholders
equity at April 1, 2006.
The increase in our net cash position principally relates to our
growth in operating cash flows and the excess proceeds raised
through the third-quarter refinancing of the Companys Euro
debt, partially offset by the use of cash to repurchase shares
of common stock in connection with the Companys common
stock repurchase program. The increase in stockholders
equity principally relates to the Companys strong earnings
growth during the first nine months of Fiscal 2007, offset in
part by the effects from its common stock repurchase program.
Cash
Flows
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities. Net
cash provided by operating activities increased to
$654.1 million during the nine-month period ended
December 30, 2006, compared to $493.6 million for the
nine-month period ended December 31, 2005. This
$160.5 million increase in operating cash flow was driven
primarily by the increase in net income, as well as a decrease
in working capital. On a comparative basis, operating cash flows
were reduced by approximately $30.0 million as a result of
a change in the reporting of excess tax benefits from
stock-based compensation arrangements. That is, prior to the
adoption of FAS 123R, benefits of tax deductions in excess
of recognized compensation costs were reported as operating cash
flows. FAS 123R requires excess tax benefits to be reported
as a financing cash inflow rather than in operating cash flows
as a reduction of taxes paid.
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities. Net
cash used in investing activities was $157.7 million for
the nine months ended December 30, 2006, as compared to
$211.6 million for the nine months ended December 31,
2005. Acquisition spending decreased by $112.7 million
primarily as a result of the acquisition of the Footwear
Business, which closed in Fiscal 2006. Net cash used in
investing activities for Fiscal 2007 included $52.4 million
of restricted cash placed in escrow in connection with the
French income tax audit matter described in Note 12 to the
accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements. Net
cash used in investing activities also included
$104.0 million relating to capital expenditures, as
compared to $97.6 million in the comparable period in
Fiscal 2006.
Net Cash Used in/Provided by Financing
Activities. Net cash used in financing activities
was $40.3 million for the nine months ended
December 30, 2006, compared to net cash provided by
financing activities of $25.0 million in the nine months
ended December 31, 2005. The increase in net cash used in
financing activities during the nine months ended
December 30, 2006 principally related to the repayment of
approximately 227 million principal amount
($291.6 million) of our 1999 Euro Debt and the repurchase
of approximately 3 million shares of Class A common
stock pursuant to the Companys common stock repurchase
program at a cost of $180.5 million. Partially offsetting
the increase was the receipt of proceeds from the issuance of
300 million principal amount ($380.0 million) of
2006 Euro Debt. This increase was offset by the receipt of
$48.2 million from the exercise of stock options, as
compared to $44.9 million for the nine months ended
December 31, 2005, and the change in the reporting of
excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation arrangements
of approximately $30.0 million.
Liquidity
The Companys primary sources of liquidity are the cash
flow generated from its operations, which includes the
approximate $180 million of net proceeds received
subsequent to the end of the third quarter in January 2007 under
a new eyewear licensing agreement with Luxottica (see
Note 14 to the accompanying unaudited consolidated
financial statements), $450 million of availability under
its credit facility, available cash and equivalents and other
potential sources of financial capacity relating to its
under-leveraged capital structure. These sources of liquidity
are needed to fund the Companys ongoing cash requirements,
including working capital requirements, retail store
40
expansion, construction and renovation of
shop-in-shops,
investment in technological infrastructure, acquisitions,
dividends, debt repayment, stock repurchases and other corporate
activities. Management believes that the Companys existing
resources of cash will be sufficient to support its operating
and capital requirements for the foreseeable future.
As discussed below under the section entitled Debt and
Covenant Compliance, the Company had no borrowings under
its credit facility as of December 30, 2006. However, the
Company may elect to draw on its credit facility or other
potential sources of financing for, among other things, a
material acquisition, settlement of a material contingency or a
material adverse business development. Also, as discussed below,
in October 2006, the Company completed the issuance of
300 million principal amount of 2006 Euro Debt. The
Company used the net proceeds from the financing to repay
approximately 227 principal amount of its 1999 Euro Debt.
The balance of such proceeds will be used for general corporate
and working capital purposes. The Company also amended its
Credit Facility in November 2006, which extended the term to
2011, as a result of recent upgrades in the Companys
credit ratings from Standard & Poors (to BBB+) and
Moodys (to Baa1). See Revolving Credit
Facility described below.
Common
Stock Repurchase Program
In August 2006, the Companys Board of Directors approved
an expansion of the Companys common stock repurchase
program that allows the Company to repurchase, at its discretion
from time to time, up to an additional $250 million of
Class A common stock. Share repurchases are subject to
overall business and market conditions. Share repurchases under
both this expanded program and the pre-existing program for the
nine months ended December 30, 2006 amounted to
3.1 million shares of Class A common stock at a cost
of $191.3 million, including $10.8 million
(0.1 million shares) that was traded prior to the end of
the period for which settlement occurred in January 2007. The
remaining availability under the current common stock repurchase
program was $158.3 million as of December 30, 2006.
In February 2007, the Companys Board of Directors approved
a further expansion of this repurchase program for an additional
$250 million.
Dividends
The Company intends to continue to pay regular quarterly
dividends on its outstanding common stock. However, any decision
to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the
discretion of the Companys Board of Directors and will
depend on, among other things, the Companys results of
operations, cash requirements, financial condition and other
factors that the Board of Directors may deem relevant.
The Company declared a quarterly dividend of $0.05 per
outstanding share in the third quarter of both Fiscal 2007 and
Fiscal 2006. The aggregate amount of dividend payments during
the nine months ended December 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2005 was $15.7 million for both periods.
Debt
and Covenant Compliance
Euro
Debt
The Company had outstanding approximately 227 million
principal amount of 6.125% notes that were due on
November 22, 2006, from an original issuance of
275 million in 1999 (the 1999 Euro Debt).
On October 5, 2006, the Company completed a new issuance of
300 million principal amount of 4.50% notes due
October 4, 2013 (the 2006 Euro Debt). The
Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the financing of
approximately $380 million (based on the exchange rate in
effect upon issuance) to repay the remaining 1999 Euro Debt at
par on its maturity date. The balance of such net proceeds will
be used for general corporate and working capital purposes. The
Company has the option to redeem all of the 2006 Euro Debt at
any time at a redemption price equal to the principal amount
plus a premium. The Company also has the option to redeem all of
the 2006 Euro Debt at any time at par plus accrued interest, in
the event of certain developments involving United States tax
law. Partial redemption of the 2006 Euro Debt is not permitted
in either instance. In the event of a change of control of the
Company, each holder of the 2006 Euro Debt has the option to
require the Company to redeem the 2006 Euro Debt at its
principal amount plus accrued interest.
As of December 30, 2006, the carrying value of the 2006
Euro Debt was $393.8 million.
41
Revolving
Credit Facility
The Company has a credit facility, which was amended on
November 28, 2006, (the Credit Facility) that
provides for a $450 million unsecured revolving line of
credit. The Credit Facility also is used to support the issuance
of letters of credit. As of December 30, 2006, there were
no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility, but the
Company was contingently liable for $36.8 million of
outstanding letters of credit (primarily relating to inventory
purchase commitments).
The Company amended certain terms of its Credit Facility as a
result of recent upgrades in the Companys credit ratings
from Standard & Poors and Moodys. Key changes
under the amendment include:
|
|
|
|
|
An increase in the ability of the Company to expand its
additional borrowing availability from $525 million to
$600 million, subject to the agreement of one or more new
or existing lenders under the facility to increase their
commitments;
|
|
|
|
|
|
An extension of the term of the Credit Facility to November 2011
from October 2009;
|
|
|
|
A reduction in the margin over LIBOR paid by the Company on
amounts drawn under the Credit Facility to 35 basis points
from 50 basis points;
|
|
|
|
A reduction in the commitment fee for the unutilized portion of
the Credit Facility to 8 basis points from 12.5 basis
points; and
|
|
|
|
The elimination of the coverage ratio financial covenant.
|
There are no mandatory reductions in borrowing availability
throughout the term of the Credit Facility.
Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, at the
Companys option, either at (a) a base rate determined
by reference to the higher of (i) the prime commercial
lending rate of JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. in effect from time
to time and (ii) the weighted-average overnight Federal
funds rate (as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York) plus 50 basis points or (b) a LIBOR rate in
effect from time to time, as adjusted for the Federal Reserve
Boards Euro currency liabilities maximum reserve
percentage plus a margin defined in the Credit Facility
(the applicable margin). The applicable margin of
35 basis points is subject to adjustment based on the
Companys credit ratings.
In addition to paying interest on any outstanding borrowings
under the Credit Facility, the Company is required to pay a
commitment fee to the lenders under the Credit Facility in
respect of the unutilized commitments. The commitment fee rate
of 8 basis points under the terms of the Credit Facility
also is subject to adjustment based on the Companys credit
ratings.
The Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among
other things, restrict the Companys ability, subject to
specified exceptions, to incur additional debt; incur liens and
contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets, including
equity interests; merge with or acquire other companies;
liquidate or dissolve itself; engage in businesses that are not
in a related line of business; make loans, advances or
guarantees; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make
investments. In addition, the Credit Facility requires the
Company to maintain a maximum ratio of Adjusted Debt to
Consolidated EBITDAR (the leverage ratio), as such
terms are defined in the Credit Facility. As of
December 30, 2006, no Default or Event of Default (as such
terms are defined pursuant to the Credit Facility) has occurred
under the Companys Credit Facility.
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Credit
Facility, the lenders may cease making loans, terminate the
Credit Facility, and declare all amounts outstanding to be
immediately due and payable. The Credit Facility specifies a
number of events of default (many of which are subject to
applicable grace periods), including, among others, the failure
to make timely principal and interest payments or to satisfy the
covenants, including the financial covenant described above.
Additionally, the Credit Facility provides that an event of
default will occur if Mr. Ralph Lauren, the Companys
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and related entities fail
to maintain a specified minimum percentage of the voting power
of the Companys common stock.
42
Contingencies
Refer to Note 12 to the accompanying unaudited consolidated
financial statements for a description of the Companys
contingencies.
MARKET
RISK MANAGEMENT
As discussed in Note 14 to our audited consolidated
financial statements included in our Fiscal 2006
10-K and
Note 9 to the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial
statements, the Company is exposed to market risk arising from
changes in market rates and prices, particularly movements in
foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company
manages these exposures through operating and financing
activities and, when appropriate, through the use of derivative
financial instruments, consisting of interest rate swap
agreements and foreign exchange forward contracts.
During the first six months of Fiscal 2007, the Company entered
into three forward-starting interest rate swap contracts
aggregating 200 million notional amount of
indebtedness in anticipation of the Companys proposed
refinancing of the 1999 Euro Debt which was completed in October
2006. The Company designated these agreements as a cash flow
hedge of a forecasted transaction to issue new debt in
connection with the planned refinancing of its 1999 Euro Debt.
The interest rate swaps hedged a total of
200.0 million, a portion of the underlying interest
rate exposure on the anticipated refinancing. Under the terms of
the three interest swap contracts, the Company paid a
weighted-average fixed rate of interest of 4.1% and received
variable interest based upon six-month EURIBOR. The Company
terminated the swaps on September 28, 2006 which was the
date the interest rate for the 2006 Euro Debt was determined. As
a result, the Company made a payment of approximately
3.5 million ($4.4 million based on the exchange
rate in effect on that date) in settlement of the swaps. An
amount of $0.2 million was recognized as a loss for the
three months ending September 30, 2006 due to the partial
ineffectiveness of the cash flow hedge as a result of the
forecasted transaction closing on October 5, 2006 instead
of November 22, 2006 (the maturity date of the 1999 Euro
Debt). The remaining loss of $4.2 million has been deferred
as a component of comprehensive income within stockholders
equity and is being recognized in income as an adjustment to
interest expense over the seven-year term of the 2006 Euro Debt.
As of December 30, 2006, other than the aforementioned
forward-starting interest rate swap contracts which were
terminated on September 28, 2006, there have been no other
significant changes in our interest rate and foreign currency
exposures, changes in the types of derivative instruments used
to hedge those exposures, or significant changes in underlying
market conditions since the end of Fiscal 2006.
CRITICAL
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Our significant accounting policies are described in
Notes 3 and 4 to our audited consolidated financial
statements included in our Fiscal 2006
10-K. The
SECs Financial Reporting Release No. 60,
Cautionary Advice Regarding Disclosure About Critical
Accounting Policies (FRR 60), suggests
companies provide additional disclosure and commentary on those
accounting policies considered most critical. FRR 60 considers
an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to the
Companys financial condition and results of operations and
requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of
management in its application. For a complete discussion of the
Companys critical accounting policies, see page 43 in
the Companys Fiscal 2006
10-K. The
following discussion only is intended to update the
Companys critical accounting policies for any changes in
policy implemented during Fiscal 2007.
Effective April 2, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. FAS 123R,
Share-Based Payments (FAS 123R),
using the modified prospective application transition method.
Under this transition method, the compensation expense
recognized in the consolidated statement of operations beginning
April 2, 2006 includes compensation expense for
(a) all stock-based payments granted prior to, but not yet
vested as of April 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair
value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended
by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
Transition and Disclosure (FAS 123), and
(b) all stock-based payments granted subsequent to
April 1, 2006 based on the grant-date fair value estimated
in accordance with the provisions of FAS 123R.
43
Prior to April 2, 2006, the Company accounted for
stock-based compensation plans under the intrinsic value method
in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB)
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, (APB 25), and adopted the
disclosure-only provisions of FAS 123. Under this standard,
the Company did not recognize compensation expense for the
issuance of stock options with an exercise price equal to or
greater than the market price at the date of grant. However, as
required, the Company disclosed, in the notes to the
consolidated financial statements, the pro forma expense impact
of the stock option grants as if the fair-value-based
recognition provisions of FAS 123 were applied.
Compensation expense was previously recognized for restricted
stock and restricted stock units. The effect of forfeitures on
restricted stock and restricted stock units was recognized when
such forfeitures occurred.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to
estimate the fair value of stock options granted, which requires
the input of subjective assumptions. The fair values of shares
of restricted stock and restricted stock units are based on the
fair value of unrestricted Class A common stock, as
adjusted to reflect the absence of dividends for those
restricted securities that are not entitled to dividend
equivalents. Compensation expense for performance-based
restricted stock units is recognized over the service period
when attainment of the performance goals is probable.
Determining the fair value of stock-based compensation at the
date of grant requires judgment, including estimates of the
expected term, expected volatility and dividend yield. In
addition, judgment is also required in estimating the number of
stock-based awards that are expected to be forfeited. If actual
results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based
compensation expense and the Companys results of
operations could be materially impacted.
Other than the accounting for stock-based compensation, there
have been no other significant changes in the application of the
Companys critical accounting policies since April 1,
2006.
Recent
Accounting Standards
Refer to Note 4 to the accompanying unaudited consolidated
financial statements for a description of certain accounting
standards the Company is not yet required to adopt which may
impact its results of operations
and/or
financial condition in future reporting periods.
|
|
Item 3.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
|
For a discussion of the Companys exposure to market risk,
see Market Risk Management in MD&A presented
elsewhere herein.
|
|
Item 4.
|
Controls
and Procedures.
|
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that
are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed
in the reports that the Company files or submits under the
Securities and Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized,
and reported within the time periods specified in the SECs
rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and
communicated to the Companys management, including its
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as
appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosures.
As of December 30, 2006, we carried out an evaluation,
under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to
the Securities and Exchange Act
Rule 13(a)-15(b).
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not
effective as of December 30, 2006 due to the material
weakness in our internal control over financial reporting with
respect to income taxes identified during the Companys
assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of
April 1, 2006 and reported in our Fiscal 2006
10-K. We
continue our efforts to remediate this material weakness through
ongoing process improvements and the implementation of enhanced
policies and controls over tax accounting in Fiscal 2007, and
such remediation will continue during the remaining part of
Fiscal 2007. Accordingly, this material weakness is not yet
remediated. No material weaknesses will be considered
44
remediated until the remediated procedures have operated for an
appropriate period and have been tested, and management has
concluded that they are operating effectively.
To compensate for this material weaknesses, the Company
performed additional analysis and other procedures in order to
prepare the unaudited quarterly consolidated financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States of America. Accordingly,
management believes that the unaudited consolidated financial
statements included in this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
fairly present, in all material respects, our financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods
presented.
Except for our ongoing remediation efforts over income tax
accounting, there were no changes during the quarter that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially
affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
45
PART II. OTHER
INFORMATION
|
|
Item 1.
|
Legal
Proceedings.
|
Reference is made to the information disclosed under
Item 3 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS in our
Fiscal 2006
10-K, as
updated by the information disclosed under Part II,
Item I Legal Proceedings in our
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2006. The
following is a summary of recent litigation developments.
On August 19, 2005, Wathne Imports, Ltd., our domestic
licensee for luggage and handbags (Wathne), filed a
complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York against us and Ralph Lauren, our Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer, asserting, among other things,
Federal trademark law violations, breach of contract, breach of
obligations of good faith and fair dealing, fraud and negligent
misrepresentation. The complaint sought, among other relief,
injunctive relief, compensatory damages in excess of
$250 million and punitive damages of not less than
$750 million. On September 13, 2005, Wathne withdrew
this complaint from the U.S. District Court and filed a
complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New
York County, making substantially the same allegations and
claims (excluding the Federal trademark claims), and seeking
similar relief. On February 1, 2006, the Court granted our
motion to dismiss all of the causes of action, including the
cause of action against Mr. Lauren, except for the breach
of contract claims, and denied Wathnes motion for a
preliminary injunction against our production and sale of
mens and womens handbags. On May 16, 2006, a
discovery schedule running through November 2006 was established
for this case. Depositions commenced in this case in October
2006 and are expected to take place through February 2007. On
October 31, 2006, the court denied Wathnes motion for
a preliminary injunction which sought to bar the Companys
Rugby stores from selling certain bags and to prevent the
Company from using certain gift bags that were furnished to
customers who made purchases at the Companys United States
Tennis Open temporary store. A trial date is not yet set for
this lawsuit but the Company does not currently anticipate that
this trial will occur prior to the fall of 2007. We believe this
suit to be without merit and will continue to contest it
vigorously.
On October 1, 1999, we filed a lawsuit against the United
States Polo Association Inc., Jordache, Ltd. and certain other
entities affiliated with them, alleging that the defendants were
infringing on our trademarks. In connection with this lawsuit,
on July 19, 2001, the United States Polo Association and
Jordache filed a lawsuit against us in the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York. This suit,
which was effectively a counterclaim by them in connection with
the original trademark action, asserted claims related to our
actions in our pursuit of claims against the United States Polo
Association and Jordache for trademark infringement and other
unlawful conduct. Their claims stemmed from our contacts with
the United States Polo Associations and Jordaches
retailers in which we informed these retailers of our position
in the original trademark action. All claims and counterclaims,
except for our claims that the defendants violated the
Companys trademark rights, were settled in September 2003.
We did not pay any damages in this settlement.
On July 30, 2004, the Court denied all motions for summary
judgment, and trial began on October 3, 2005 with respect
to four double horseman symbols that the defendants
sought to use. On October 20, 2005, the jury rendered a
verdict, finding that one of the defendants marks violated
our world famous Polo Player Symbol trademark and enjoining its
further use, but allowing the defendants to use the remaining
three marks. On November 16, 2005, we filed a motion before
the trial court to overturn the jurys decision and hold a
new trial with respect to the three marks that the jury found
not to be infringing. The USPA and Jordache opposed our motion,
but did not move to overturn the jurys decision that the
fourth double horseman logo did infringe on our trademarks. On
July 7, 2006, the judge denied our motion to overturn the
jurys decision. On August 4, 2006, the Company filed
an appeal of the judges decision to deny the
Companys motion for a new trial to the United States Court
of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The Company is awaiting a
decision from the Court with respect to this appeal.
On September 18, 2002, an employee at one of the
Companys stores filed a lawsuit against us in the United
States District Court for the District of Northern California
alleging violations of California antitrust and labor laws. The
plaintiff purported to represent a class of employees who had
allegedly been injured by a requirement that certain retail
employees purchase and wear Company apparel as a condition of
their employment. The complaint, as amended, seeks an
unspecified amount of actual and punitive damages, disgorgement
of profits and injunctive and
46
declaratory relief. The Company answered the amended complaint
on November 4, 2002. A hearing on cross motions for summary
judgment on the issue of whether the Companys policies
violated California law occurred on August 14, 2003. The
Court granted partial summary judgment with respect to certain
of the plaintiffs claims, but concluded that more
discovery was necessary before it could decide the key issue as
to whether the Company had maintained for a period of time a
dress code policy that violated California law. On
January 12, 2006, a proposed settlement of the purported
class action was submitted to the court for approval. A hearing
on the settlement was held before the Court on June 29,
2006. On October 26, 2006, the Court granted preliminary
approval of the settlement and agreed to begin the process of
sending out claim forms to members of the class. The proposed
settlement cost of $1.5 million does not exceed the reserve
for this matter that we established in Fiscal 2005.
We are otherwise involved from time to time in legal claims
involving trademark and intellectual property, licensing,
employee relations and other matters incidental to our business.
We believe that the resolution of these other matters currently
pending will not individually or in aggregate have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition or results of
operations.
Our Fiscal 2006
10-K
contains a detailed discussion of certain risk factors that
could materially adversely affect our business, our operating
results, or our financial condition. There are no material
changes to the risk factors previously disclosed nor have we
identified any previously undisclosed risks that could
materially adversely affect our business, our operating results,
or our financial condition.
|
|
Item 2.
|
Unregistered
Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.
|
Items 2(a) and (b) are not applicable.
The following table sets forth the repurchases of shares of our
Class A common stock during the fiscal quarter ended
December 30, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
Maximum Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
(or Approximate Dollar Value)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Part of Publicly
|
|
|
of Shares That May Yet be
|
|
|
|
Total Number of
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
Announced Plans
|
|
|
Purchased Under the Plans
|
|
|
|
Shares
Purchased(1)
|
|
|
Paid per Share
|
|
|
or Programs
|
|
|
or Programs (millions)
|
|
|
October 1, 2006 to
October 28, 2006
|
|
|
332,000
|
|
|
$
|
65.38
|
|
|
|
332,000
|
|
|
$
|
198
|
|
October 29, 2006 to
December 2, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
December 3, 2006 to
December 30, 2006
|
|
|
514,484
|
(2)
|
|
|
78.60
|
|
|
|
507,913
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
846,484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
839,913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Except as noted below, these purchases were made on the open
market under the Companys Class A Common Stock
repurchase program. In August 2006, the Companys Board of
Directors approved an expansion of the Companys common
stock repurchase program that allows the Company to repurchase,
at its discretion from time to time, up to an additional
$250 million of Class A common stock. This program
does not have a fixed termination date. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes 6,571 shares surrendered to, or withheld by, the
Company in satisfaction of withholding taxes in connection with
the vesting of an award under the Companys 1997 Long-Term
Stock Incentive Plan. |
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Agency Agreement dated as of
October 5, 2006 between PRLC and Deutsche Bank AG, London
Branch and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of
November 28, 2006 by and among PRLC, JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A., as Administrative Agent, The Bank of New York, Citibank,
N.A. Bank of America, N.A. and Wachovia Bank National
Association, as Syndication Agents Sumitomo Mitsui Banking
Corporation and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Co-Agents and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Sole Bookrunner and Sole
Lead Arranger and a syndicate of lending banks.
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Ralph Lauren,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 17 CFR
240.13a-14(a).
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Tracey T. Travis,
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to
17 CFR
240.13a-14(a).
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Ralph Lauren,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Tracey T. Travis,
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 shall not be deemed
filed for purposes of Section 18 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the
liability of that Section. Such exhibits shall not be deemed
incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities
Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
48
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
Tracey T. Travis
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
Date: February 8, 2007
49
EX-10.1
CONFORMED VERSION
AGENCY AGREEMENT
DATED 5 OCTOBER 2006
POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
EUR 300,000,000 4.50 per cent. Notes due 2013
ALLEN & OVERY
Allen & Overy LLP
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clause |
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
Interpretation
|
|
|
1 |
|
2.
|
|
Definitions
|
|
|
1 |
|
3.
|
|
Appointment of Agents
|
|
|
3 |
|
4.
|
|
Authentication and Delivery of Notes
|
|
|
3 |
|
5.
|
|
Payment to the Fiscal Agent
|
|
|
4 |
|
6.
|
|
Notification of Non-payment by the Issuer
|
|
|
4 |
|
7.
|
|
Duties of the Registrar and the Paying Agents
|
|
|
4 |
|
8.
|
|
Reimbursement of the Paying Agents
|
|
|
5 |
|
9.
|
|
Notice of any Withholding or Deduction
|
|
|
5 |
|
10.
|
|
Duties of the Registrar
|
|
|
5 |
|
11.
|
|
Duties of the Transfer Agent
|
|
|
7 |
|
12.
|
|
Regulations for Transfer of Registered Notes
|
|
|
7 |
|
13.
|
|
Duties to the Fiscal Agent in connection with Optional Redemption and Redemption for |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxation Reasons
|
|
|
7 |
|
14.
|
|
Receipt and Publication of Notices
|
|
|
7 |
|
15.
|
|
Cancellation of Notes
|
|
|
8 |
|
16.
|
|
Issue of Replacement Certificates
|
|
|
8 |
|
17.
|
|
Records and Certificates
|
|
|
9 |
|
18.
|
|
Copies of this Agreement available for inspection
|
|
|
9 |
|
19.
|
|
Commissions and Expenses
|
|
|
9 |
|
20.
|
|
Indemnity
|
|
|
10 |
|
21.
|
|
Repayment by Fiscal Agent
|
|
|
10 |
|
22.
|
|
Conditions of Appointment
|
|
|
10 |
|
23.
|
|
Communication with Agents
|
|
|
11 |
|
24.
|
|
Termination of Appointment
|
|
|
11 |
|
25.
|
|
Meetings of Noteholders
|
|
|
13 |
|
26.
|
|
Consolidation, Merger or Transfer
|
|
|
13 |
|
27.
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
14 |
|
28.
|
|
Taxes and Stamp Duties
|
|
|
14 |
|
29.
|
|
Counterparts
|
|
|
15 |
|
30.
|
|
Descriptive Headings
|
|
|
15 |
|
31.
|
|
Governing Law and Submission to Jurisdiction
|
|
|
15 |
|
32.
|
|
Amendments
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
Form of the Global Certificate
|
|
|
17 |
|
2.
|
|
Form of Certificate and Conditions of the Notes
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
Part 1 Form of Certificate
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
Part 2 Conditions of the Notes
|
|
|
26 |
|
3.
|
|
Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders
|
|
|
39 |
|
4.
|
|
Registration and Transfer of Notes
|
|
|
48 |
|
5.
|
|
Form of Put Notice
|
|
|
50 |
|
Signatories |
|
|
51 |
|
THIS AGREEMENT is dated 5 October 2006 and made
BETWEEN:
(1) POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION (the Issuer);
(2) DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH; and
(3) DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.
WHEREAS:
(A) |
|
The Issuer has agreed to issue EUR 300,000,000 4.50 per cent. Notes due 2013 (the Notes
which expression shall include, unless the context otherwise requires, any further Notes
issued pursuant to Condition 14 and forming a single series with the Notes). |
(B) |
|
The Notes will be issued in registered form in the denominations of EUR 50,000 and integral
multiples of EUR 1,000 in excess thereof, without coupons. |
(C) |
|
The Notes will initially be represented by a Global Certificate. |
(D) |
|
The Global Certificate will be in or substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 and the
definitive Certificates will be in or substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule
2. The Conditions of the Notes (the Conditions) will be in or substantially in the form set
out in Part 2 of Schedule 2. |
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
1.1 |
|
Words and expressions defined in the Conditions and not otherwise defined in this
Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement. |
1.2 |
|
References in this Agreement to principal and/or interest shall include any additional
amounts payable pursuant to Condition 8. |
2.1 |
|
As used in this Agreement and in the Conditions: |
|
|
Fiscal Agent, Paying Agents, Registrar, Transfer Agent and Agents mean and include each
Fiscal Agent, Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent and Agent from time to time appointed
to exercise the powers and undertake the duties conferred and imposed upon it by this
Agreement and notified to the Noteholders under clause 21; |
|
|
Outstanding means in relation to the Notes all the Notes issued other than: |
|
(a) |
|
those Notes which have been redeemed and cancelled pursuant to Condition 7 or
otherwise pursuant to the Conditions; |
|
(b) |
|
those Notes in respect of which the date for redemption under the Conditions
has occurred and the redemption moneys wherefore (including all interest payable
thereon) have been duly paid to the Fiscal Agent in the manner provided in clause 5 |
1
|
|
|
(and, where appropriate, notice to that effect has been given to the
Noteholders under Condition 12) and remain available for payment against
presentation of the relevant Notes; |
|
|
(c) |
|
those Notes which have been purchased and cancelled under Condition 7; |
|
|
(d) |
|
those Notes which have become void under Condition 9; |
|
|
(e) |
|
those mutilated or defaced Notes which have been surrendered and cancelled and in
respect of which replacements have been issued pursuant to Condition 11; and |
|
|
(f) |
|
(for the purpose only of ascertaining the principal amount of the Notes
outstanding and without prejudice to the status for any other purpose of the relevant
Notes) those Notes which are alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and in
respect of which replacements have been issued pursuant to Condition 11, |
|
|
provided that for each of the following purposes, namely: |
|
(i) |
|
the right to attend and vote at any meeting of the Noteholders or any of them;
and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the determination of how many and which Notes are for the time being
outstanding for the purposes of paragraphs 4, 7 and 9 of Schedule 3; |
|
|
those Notes (if any) which are for the time being held by any person (including, but not
limited to, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) for the benefit of the Issuer or any of
its Subsidiaries shall (unless and until ceasing to be so held) be deemed not to remain
outstanding; and |
|
|
specified office means the offices specified in clause 27 or any other specified offices as
may from time to time be duly notified pursuant to clause 27. |
2.2 |
(a) In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to: |
|
(i) |
|
an amendment includes a supplement, restatement or
novation and amended is to be construed accordingly; |
|
|
(ii) |
|
a person includes any individual, company,
unincorporated association, government, state agency, international
organisation or other entity; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
a provision of a law is a reference to that provision as
extended, amended or re-enacted; |
|
|
(iv) |
|
a clause or schedule is a reference to a clause of, or a
Schedule to, this Agreement; |
|
|
(v) |
|
a person includes its successors and assigns; |
|
|
(vi) |
|
a document is a reference to that document as amended
from time to time; and |
|
|
(vii) |
|
a time of day is a reference to London time; |
|
(b) |
The headings in this Agreement do not affect its interpretation; |
2
|
(c) |
|
All references in this Agreement to costs or charges or expenses shall
include any value added tax or similar tax charged or chargeable in respect
thereof; and |
|
(d) |
|
All references in this Agreement to Notes shall, unless the context otherwise
requires, include the Global Certificate and the definitive Certificates. |
3. |
|
APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS |
|
3.1 |
|
The Issuer appoints, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement: |
|
(a) |
|
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch as fiscal and principal paying agent (in such
capacity, the Fiscal Agent) and as transfer agent (in such capacity, the Transfer
Agent) in respect of the Notes; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as paying agent and as registrar (in such
capacity, the Registrar) (together with the Fiscal Agent, the Paying Agents) for the
payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes; |
|
|
in each case acting at its specified office. |
3.2 |
|
The Fiscal Agent, the other Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and the Registrar are together
referred to as the Agents. |
3.3 |
|
The obligations of the Agents hereunder are several and not joint. |
4. |
|
AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF NOTES |
4.1 |
|
If the Global Certificate is to be exchanged in accordance with its terms for definitive
Certificates, the Issuer undertakes that it will deliver to, or to the order of, the Fiscal
Agent, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any event not later than 15 days before the
relevant exchange is due to take place, definitive Certificates in an aggregate principal
amount of EUR 300,000,000 or such lesser amount as is the principal amount of Notes
represented by the Global Certificate to be issued in exchange for the Global Certificate.
Each definitive Certificate so delivered shall be duly executed on behalf of the Issuer. |
4.2 |
|
The Issuer authorises and instructs (a) the Registrar to authenticate the Global Certificate
and (b) the Registrar to authenticate the definitive Certificates delivered pursuant to
subclause 4.1. |
4.3 |
|
If the Global Certificate becomes exchangeable for definitive Certificates in accordance with
its terms, the Registrar shall authenticate and deliver to each person designated by the
relevant Clearing System a definitive Certificate in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and the Global Certificate. |
4.4 |
|
The Fiscal Agent and the Registrar shall cause all Notes delivered to and held by them under
this Agreement to be maintained in safe custody and shall ensure that the definitive
Certificates are issued only in accordance with the terms of the Global Certificate and this
Agreement. |
4.5 |
|
The Global Certificate shall be deposited with, and registered in the name of, a nominee for
a common depositary for Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System and
Clearstream Banking societe anonyme (together, the Clearing Systems). |
4.6 |
|
If the Issuer is required to deliver definitive Certificates pursuant to the terms of the
Global Certificate, the Issuer shall promptly arrange for a stock of
definitive Certificates |
3
|
|
(unauthenticated and with the names of the registered holders left blank but executed
on behalf of the Issuer and otherwise complete) to be made available to the Registrar. |
5. |
|
PAYMENT TO THE FISCAL AGENT |
5.1 |
|
The Issuer shall, not later than 10.00 a.m. (New York City time) on each date on which any
payment of principal and/or interest in respect of any of the Notes becomes due under the
Conditions, transfer to an account specified by the Fiscal Agent such amount of Euro as shall
be sufficient for the purposes of the payment of principal and/or interest in same day funds. |
5.2 |
|
The Issuer shall ensure that, not later than the second London Business Day immediately
preceding the date on which any payment is to be made to the Fiscal Agent pursuant to
subclause 5.1, the Fiscal Agent shall receive a copy of an irrevocable payment instruction by
fax or SWIFT to the bank through which the payment is to be made. For the purposes of this
subclause 5.2, London Business Day means a day on which banks are open for business in London. |
5.3 |
|
If the amounts to be received by the Fiscal Agent under subclause 5.1 will be, or the amounts
actually received by it are, insufficient to satisfy all claims in respect of all payments
then falling due in respect of the Notes, the Fiscal Agent shall not be obliged to pay any
such claims until the Fiscal Agent has (i) received the full amount of all such payments, and
(ii) been able to identify and confirm receipt of funds. |
6. |
|
NOTIFICATION OF NON-PAYMENT BY THE ISSUER |
|
|
The Fiscal Agent shall notify each of the other Paying Agents and the Registrar forthwith: |
|
(a) |
|
if it has not by the relevant date specified in subclause 5.1 received
unconditionally the full amount in Euro required for the payment; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
if it receives unconditionally the full amount of any sum payable in respect
of the Notes after such date. |
|
|
The Fiscal Agent shall, at the expense of the Issuer, forthwith upon receipt of any amount
as described in subclause 6(b), cause notice of that receipt to be published under
Condition 12. |
7. |
|
DUTIES OF THE REGISTRAR AND THE PAYING AGENTS |
7.1 |
|
Subject to the payments to the Fiscal Agent provided for by clause 5 being duly made, the
Paying Agents shall act as paying agents of the Issuer and shall pay or cause to be paid on
behalf of the Issuer, on and after each date on which any payment becomes due and payable, the
amounts of principal and interest payable in respect of each Note under the Conditions and the
provisions of this Agreement and, in the case of a payment of principal following receipt of
the Note at the specified office of the relevant Paying Agent. |
7.2 |
|
If default is made by the Issuer in respect of any payment, unless and until the full amount
of the payment has been made under the terms of this Agreement (except as to the time of
making the same) or other arrangements satisfactory to the Fiscal Agent have been made,
neither the Fiscal Agent nor any of the other Paying Agents shall be bound to act as paying
agents. |
7.3 |
|
Without prejudice to subclauses 7.1 and 7.2, if the Fiscal Agent pays any amounts to the
holders of Notes or to any other Paying Agent at a time when it has not received payment in
|
4
|
|
full in respect of the Notes in accordance with subclause 5.1 (the excess of the amounts so
paid over the amounts so received being the Shortfall), the Issuer will, in addition to
paying amounts due under subclause 5.1, pay to the Fiscal Agent on demand interest (at a
rate which represents the Fiscal Agents cost of funding the Shortfall) on the Shortfall
(or the unreimbursed portion thereof) until the receipt in full by the Fiscal Agent of the
Shortfall. |
7.4 |
|
Whilst the Notes are represented by the Global Certificate, all payments due in respect of
the Notes shall be made to, or to the order of, the holder of the Global Certificate, subject
to and in accordance with the provisions of the Global Certificate. On the occasion of each
payment, the Paying Agent to which the Global Certificate was presented for the purpose of
making the payment shall cause the appropriate Schedule to the Global Certificate to be
annotated so as to evidence the amounts and dates of the payments of principal and/or interest
as applicable. |
7.5 |
|
If on presentation of a Note the amount payable in respect of the Note is not paid in full
(otherwise than as a result of withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes as
permitted by the Conditions) the Paying Agent to whom the Note is presented shall procure that
the Note is enfaced with a memorandum of the amount paid and the date of payment. |
8. |
|
REIMBURSEMENT OF THE PAYING AGENTS |
|
|
The Fiscal Agent shall charge the account referred to in clause 5 for all payments
made by it under this Agreement and will credit or transfer to the respective accounts of
the other Paying Agents the amount of all payments made by them under the Conditions
immediately upon notification from them, subject in each case to any applicable laws or
regulations. |
9. |
|
NOTICE OF ANY WITHHOLDING OR DEDUCTION |
9.1 |
|
If the Issuer is, in respect of any payment in respect of the Notes, compelled to withhold
or deduct any amount for or on account of any Taxes as contemplated by Condition 8, the Issuer
shall give notice to the Fiscal Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement to make
the withholding or deduction and shall give to the Fiscal Agent such information as the Fiscal
Agent shall require to enable it to comply with the requirement. |
9.2 |
|
All payments by the Issuer under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without
withholding or deduction for, any taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of
whatsoever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any government having
power to tax, unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In that event, the
Issuer shall pay such additional amounts as shall be necessary in order that the net amounts
received by the Agent after such withholding or deduction shall equal the respective amount
which would otherwise have been receivable by the Agent if no such withholding or deduction
had been made. |
10. |
|
DUTIES OF THE REGISTRAR |
10.1 |
|
The Registrar shall so long as any Note is outstanding: |
|
(a) |
|
maintain at its specified office a register (the Register) of the holders of
the Registered Notes which shall show (i) the principal amounts and the serial numbers
of the Notes, (ii) the dates of issue of all Notes, (iii) all subsequent transfers and
changes of ownership of Notes, (iv) the names and addresses of the holders of the
Notes, (v) all cancellations of Notes, whether because of their purchase by the Issuer
or any Subsidiary of the Issuer, their replacement or otherwise, and (vi) all
replacements of Notes (subject, where appropriate, in the case of (v), to the
Registrar |
5
|
|
|
having been notified as provided in this Agreement), and subject to applicable laws
and regulations at all reasonable times during office hours make such copy of the
Register available to the Fiscal Agent, Transfer Agent, Paying Agent, Issuer, any
person authorised by the Issuer or any Noteholder for inspection; |
|
|
(b) |
|
register all transfers of Notes; |
|
|
(c) |
|
receive any document in relation to or affecting the title to any of the Notes
including all forms of transfer, forms of exchange, probates, letters of administration
and powers of attorney; |
|
|
(d) |
|
maintain proper records of the details of all documents received by itself or
the Transfer Agent; |
|
|
(e) |
|
prepare all such lists of holders of the Notes as may be required by the Issuer
or the Fiscal Agent or any person authorised by either of them; |
|
|
(f) |
|
subject to applicable laws and regulations at all reasonable times during
office hours make the Register available to the Issuer or any person authorised by it
or the holder of any Note for inspection and for the taking of copies or extracts; |
|
|
(g) |
|
notify the Fiscal Agent upon its request not less than seven days before each
due date for the payment of interest of the names and addresses of all registered
holders of the Notes at the close of business on the relevant Record Date and the
amounts of their holdings in order to enable the Fiscal Agent to make or arrange for
due payment to the holders of the amounts of interest payable in respect of the Notes
or, as the case may be, the amounts required to redeem the Notes; |
|
|
(h) |
|
comply with the proper and reasonable requests of the Issuer with respect to
the maintenance of the Register and give to the Fiscal Agent and the Transfer Agent
such information as may be reasonably required by them for the proper performance of
their duties; |
|
|
(i) |
|
forthwith, and in any event within three business days of the relevant request
(or such longer period as may be required to comply with any applicable fiscal or
other regulations), authenticate and issue, upon receipt by it of, or receipt by it of
notification from any Transfer Agent of delivery to it of, Notes for transfer, duly
dated and completed Notes in the name of the registered holders and deliver the Notes
at its specified office or at the specified office of the Transfer Agent or (at the
risk of the relevant registered holders) send the Notes to such address as the
registered holders may request; and |
|
|
(j) |
|
accept Notes delivered to it with a request for transfer of all or part of the
Note, and shall, if appropriate, charge to the holder of a Note presented for transfer
the costs or expenses (if any) of delivering Notes issued on such transfer other than
by regular mail. Holders of the Notes shall be responsible for payment of any stamp
duty, tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to the
transfer, and for the avoidance of doubt, none of the Agents shall have any
responsibility in connection therewith. |
10.2 |
|
The Issuer shall deliver to the Registrar for the performance of its duties under this
Agreement from time to time so long as any Note is outstanding, sufficient duly executed
Notes as may be required for the performance of the Registrars duties. |
6
10.3 |
|
Notes shall be dated: |
|
(a) |
|
in the case of the Global Certificate issued on the date of closing, with that date; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
in the case of a Note issued upon transfer, with the date of registration in
the Register of the transfer; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
in the case of a Note issued to the transferor upon transfer in part of a
Note, with the same date as the date of the Note transferred; or |
|
|
(d) |
|
in the case of a Note issued pursuant to clause 16 with the same date as the
date of the lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed Note in replacement of which
it is issued. |
11. |
|
DUTIES OF THE TRANSFER AGENT |
11.1 |
|
The Transfer Agent shall perform the duties set out in this Agreement and the Conditions and,
in performing those duties, shall comply with the Conditions and the provisions of this
Agreement. |
11.2 |
|
The Transfer Agent shall: |
|
(a) |
|
accept Notes delivered to it with a request for transfer of all or part of the
Note, and shall, in each case, give to the Registrar all relevant details to enable it
to issue Notes in accordance with each request; and |
|
(b) |
|
if appropriate, charge to the holder of a Note presented for transfer the costs
or expenses (if any) of the Registrar in delivering Notes issued on such transfer other
than by regular mail. Holders of the Notes shall be responsible for payment of any
stamp duty, tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to the
transfer, and for the avoidance of doubt, none of the Agents shall have any
responsibility in connection therewith. |
12. |
|
REGULATIONS FOR TRANSFER OF REGISTERED NOTES |
|
|
Subject as provided below, the Issuer may from time to time agree with the Transfer Agent
reasonable regulations to govern the transfer and registration of Notes. The initial
regulations, which shall apply until amended under this clause, are set out in Schedule 4.
The Transfer Agent agrees to comply with the regulations as amended from time to time. |
13. |
|
DUTIES TO THE FISCAL AGENT IN CONNECTION WITH OPTIONAL REDEMPTION AND
REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION REASONS |
|
|
If the Issuer decides to redeem all of the Notes for the time being outstanding under
Condition 7(2) and/or 7(3), it shall give notice of the decision to redeem to the Fiscal
Agent in accordance with the Conditions. |
14. |
|
RECEIPT AND PUBLICATION OF NOTICES |
14.1 |
|
Forthwith upon the receipt by the Fiscal Agent of a demand or notice from any Noteholder
under Condition 10 the Fiscal Agent shall forward a copy of the demand or notice to the
Issuer. |
14.2 |
|
On behalf of and at the request and expense of the Issuer, the Fiscal Agent shall cause to be
published all notices required to be given by the Issuer under the Conditions. |
7
14.3 |
|
The Fiscal Agent shall, at the request and expense of the Issuer, notify in
writing the holders of Notes in respect of all notices required to be so given under the
Conditions. |
15. |
|
CANCELLATION OF NOTES |
15.1 |
|
All Notes which are surrendered in connection with redemption or transfer shall be cancelled
by the Agent to which they are surrendered. Each of the Agents shall give to the Fiscal Agent
details of all payments made by it and shall deliver all cancelled Notes to the Fiscal Agent
(or as the Fiscal Agent may specify). Where Notes are purchased by or on behalf of the Issuer
or any of its Subsidiaries, the Issuer shall procure that the Notes are promptly cancelled and
delivered to the Fiscal Agent or its authorised agent. |
15.2 |
|
The Fiscal Agent or its authorised agent shall (unless otherwise instructed by the Issuer in
writing and save as provided in subclause 17.1) destroy all cancelled Notes and furnish the
Issuer with a certificate of destruction containing written particulars of the serial numbers
of the Notes so destroyed. |
16. |
|
ISSUE OF REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATES |
16.1 |
|
The Issuer shall cause a sufficient quantity of additional forms of Certificates to be
available, upon request, to the Registrar for the purpose of issuing replacement Certificates
as provided below. |
16.2 |
|
The Fiscal Agent and the Registrar shall, subject to and in accordance with Condition 11 and
the following provisions of this clause, cause to be authenticated (in the case only of
replacement Certificates) and delivered any replacement Certificates which the Issuer may
determine to issue in place of Certificates which have been lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced
or destroyed. |
16.3 |
|
The Fiscal Agent or, as the case may be, the Registrar shall obtain verification, in the case
of an allegedly lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate in respect of which the serial number is
known, that the Certificate has not previously been redeemed or paid. Neither the Fiscal Agent
nor the Registrar shall issue a replacement Certificate unless and until the applicant has: |
|
(a) |
|
paid such expenses and costs as may be incurred in connection with the replacement; |
|
|
(b) |
|
furnished it with such evidence and indemnity as the Issuer may reasonably
require; and |
|
|
(c) |
|
in the case of a mutilated or defaced Certificate, surrendered it to the Fiscal
Agent or, as the case may be, the Registrar. |
16.4 |
|
The Fiscal Agent or, as the case may be, the Registrar shall cancel mutilated or defaced
Certificates in respect of which replacement Certificates have been issued pursuant to this
clause and all Certificates which are so cancelled shall be delivered by the Registrar to the
Fiscal Agent (or as it may specify). The Fiscal Agent shall furnish the Issuer with a
certificate stating the serial numbers of the Certificates received by it and cancelled
pursuant to this clause and shall, unless otherwise requested by the Issuer, destroy all those
Certificates and furnish the Issuer with a destruction certificate containing the information
specified in subclause 15.2. |
8
16.5 |
|
The Fiscal Agent or, as the case may be, the Registrar shall, on issuing any
replacement Certificate, forthwith inform the Issuer, the other Paying Agents and the
Registrar and the Transfer Agent of the serial number of the replacement Certificate issued
and (if known) of the serial number of the Certificate in place of which the replacement
Certificate has been issued. |
16.6 |
|
Whenever a Certificate for which a replacement Certificate has been issued and the serial
number of which is known is presented to a Paying Agent for payment or to a Transfer Agent for
transfer, the relevant Agent shall immediately send notice to the Issuer and (if it is not
itself the Fiscal Agent) the Fiscal Agent. |
17. |
|
RECORDS AND CERTIFICATES |
17.1 |
|
The Fiscal Agent shall keep a full and complete record of all Certificates and of their
redemption, purchase by or on behalf of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, cancellation or
payment (as the case may be) and of all replacement Certificates issued in substitution for
lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed Certificates. The Fiscal Agent shall at all
reasonable times make the records available to the Issuer. |
17.2 |
|
The Fiscal Agent shall give to the Issuer, as soon as possible and in any event within four
months after the date of redemption, purchase, payment or replacement of a Certificate (as the
case may be), a certificate stating (a) the aggregate principal amount of Certificates which
have been redeemed, (b) the serial numbers of those Certificates, (c) the aggregate amount of
interest paid (and the due dates of the payments) on the Global Certificate and/or on the
Certificates, (d) the aggregate principal amounts of Notes (if any) which have been purchased
by or on behalf of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries and cancelled (subject to delivery of
the Certificates to the Fiscal Agent) and the serial numbers of such Certificates and (e) the
aggregate principal amounts of Certificates which have been surrendered and replaced and the
serial numbers of those Certificates. |
18. |
|
COPIES OF THIS AGREEMENT AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION |
|
|
The Paying Agents shall hold copies of this Agreement and any other documents
expressed to be held by them in the Prospectus dated 4 October 2006 issued by the Issuer in
relation to the Certificates available for inspection. For this purpose, the Issuer shall
furnish the Paying Agents with sufficient copies of such documents. |
19. |
|
COMMISSIONS AND EXPENSES |
19.1 |
|
The Issuer shall pay to the Fiscal Agent such commissions and fees in respect of the services
of the Agents under this Agreement as shall be agreed between the Issuer and the Fiscal Agent.
The Issuer shall not be concerned with the apportionment of payment among the Agents other
than such agents that may be appointed from time to time by the Issuer that are not part of
the Deutsche Bank group of companies. |
19.2 |
|
The Issuer shall also pay to the Fiscal Agent an amount equal to any value added tax which
may be payable in respect of the commissions or fees together with all reasonable expenses
incurred by the Agents in connection with their services under this Agreement. |
19.3 |
|
The Fiscal Agent shall arrange for payment of the commissions and fees due to the other
Agents and arrange for the reimbursement of their expenses promptly after receipt of the
relevant moneys from the Issuer. |
9
19.4 |
|
At the request of the Fiscal Agent, the parties to this Agreement may from time
to time during the continuance of this Agreement review the commissions and fees agreed
initially pursuant to subclause 19.1 with a view to determining whether the parties can
mutually agree upon any changes to the commissions or fees. |
20.1 |
|
The Issuer undertakes to indemnify each of the Agents and their directors, officers,
employees and controlling persons against all losses, liabilities, costs, claims, actions,
damages, expenses or demands which any of them may incur or which may be made against any of
them as a result of or in connection with the appointment of or the exercise of the powers and
duties by any Agent under this Agreement except as may result from the wilful default, fraud,
gross negligence or bad faith of such Agents and their respective directors, officers,
employees and controlling persons. |
20.2 |
|
The Agents undertake to indemnify each of the Issuer and its directors, officers, employees
and controlling persons against all losses, liabilities, costs, claims, actions, damages,
expenses or demands which any of them may incur or which may be made against any of them as a
result of or in connection with the appointment of or the exercise of the powers and duties by
the Issuer under this Agreement except as may result from the wilful default, fraud, gross
negligence or bad faith of the Issuer and its directors, officers, employees and controlling
persons. |
20.3 |
|
Except in the case of its wilful default, gross negligence or bad faith, the Fiscal Agent
shall not be liable for any act or omission under this Agreement or if any Note shall be lost,
stolen, destroyed or damaged. |
20.4 |
|
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing subclauses 20.1 and 20.2, under no circumstances shall
the Issuer or any of the Agents be liable for any consequential or special loss (being loss of
business, goodwill, opportunity or profit), howsoever caused or arising. |
20.5 |
|
The indemnities in this clause 20 shall survive the termination or expiry of this Agreement. |
21. |
|
REPAYMENT BY FISCAL AGENT |
|
|
Sums paid by or by arrangement with the Issuer to the Fiscal Agent pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement shall not be required to be repaid to the Issuer unless and until
any Note becomes void under the provisions of Condition 9 but in that event the Fiscal Agent
shall forthwith repay to the Issuer sums equivalent to the amounts which would otherwise
have been payable in respect of the relevant Note. |
22. |
|
CONDITIONS OF APPOINTMENT |
22.1 |
|
Subject as provided in subclause 22.3, the Fiscal Agent shall be entitled to deal with
money paid to it by the Issuer for the purposes of this Agreement in the same manner as other
money paid to a banker by its customers and shall not be liable to account to the Issuer for
any interest or other amounts in respect of the money. No money held by any Agent need be
segregated except as required by law. |
22.2 |
|
Subject as provided in subclause 22.1, in acting under this Agreement and in connection with
the Notes, the Agents shall act solely as agents of the Issuer and will not assume any
obligations towards or relationship of agency or trust for or with any of the owners or
holders of the Notes. |
10
22.3 |
|
No Agent shall exercise any right of set-off or lien against the Issuer or any holders
of Notes in respect of any moneys payable to or by it under the terms of this Agreement. |
22.4 |
|
Except as otherwise permitted in the Conditions or as ordered by a court of competent
jurisdiction or required by law or otherwise instructed by the Issuer, each of the Agents
shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any Note as the absolute owner for all
purposes (whether or not the Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership
or other writing on the Note or any notice of previous loss or theft of the Note). |
22.5 |
|
Each of the Agents shall be obliged to perform such duties and only such duties as are set
out in this Agreement and the Notes and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into
this Agreement or the Notes against the Agents. |
22.6 |
|
The Fiscal Agent may consult with legal and other professional advisers and the opinion of
the advisers shall be full and complete protection in respect of action taken, omitted or
suffered under this Agreement in good faith and in accordance with the opinion of the
advisers. |
22.7 |
|
Each of the Agents shall be protected and shall incur no liability for or in respect of
action taken, omitted or suffered in reliance upon any instruction, request or order from the
Issuer, or any notice, resolution, direction, consent, certificate, affidavit,
statement, facsimile or document which it reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been
delivered, signed or sent by the proper party or parties or upon written instructions from the
Issuer. |
22.8 |
|
Any of the Agents and their affiliates, their officers, directors, employees or controlling
persons may become the owner of, or acquire any interest in, Notes with the same rights that
it or he would have if the Agent concerned were not appointed under this Agreement, and may
engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Issuer, and may act on,
or as depositary, trustee or agent for, any committee or body of holders of Notes or other
obligations of the Issuer, as freely as if the Agent were not appointed under this Agreement. |
22.9 |
|
The Agents shall not be under any obligation to take any action under this Agreement which
any of them expects may result in any cost, expense or liability accruing to it, the payment
of which within a reasonable time is not, in its opinion, assured to it. |
23. |
|
COMMUNICATION WITH AGENTS |
|
|
A copy of all communications relating to the subject matter of this Agreement between
the Issuer and any of the Agents other than the Fiscal Agent shall be sent to the Fiscal
Agent. |
24. |
|
TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT |
24.1 |
|
The Issuer may terminate the appointment of any Agent at any time and/or appoint
additional or other Agents by giving to the Agent whose appointment is concerned and, where
appropriate, the Fiscal Agent at least 60 days prior written notice to that effect, provided
that, so long as any of the Notes is outstanding, (a) in the case of a Paying Agent, the
notice shall not expire less than 45 days before any due date for the payment of interest and
(b) notice shall be given under Condition 12 at least 30 days before the removal or
appointment of an Agent. |
24.2 |
|
Notwithstanding the provisions of subclause 24.1, if at any time (i) an Agent becomes
incapable of acting, or is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or files a voluntary petition in
bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or consents to the |
11
|
|
appointment of an administrator, liquidator or administrative or other receiver of all
or any substantial part of its property, or if an administrator, liquidator or
administrative or other receiver of it or of all or a substantial part of its property is
appointed, or it admits in writing its inability to pay or meet its debts as they may
mature or suspends payment of its debts, or if an order of any court is entered approving
any petition filed by or against it under the provisions of any applicable bankruptcy or
insolvency law or if a public officer takes charge or control of the Agent or of its
property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, administration or liquidation, the
Issuer may forthwith without notice terminate the appointment of the Agent, in which event
notice shall be given to the Noteholders under Condition 12 as soon as is practicable. |
24.3 |
|
The termination of the appointment of an Agent under this Agreement shall not entitle the
Agent to any amount by way of compensation but shall be without prejudice to any amount then
accrued due. |
24.4 |
|
All or any of the Agents may resign their respective appointments under this Agreement at any
time by giving to the Issuer and, where appropriate, the Fiscal Agent at least 90 days prior
written notice to that effect, provided that, so long as any of the Notes is outstanding, the
notice shall not, in the case of a Paying Agent, expire less than 45 days before any due date
for the payment of interest. Following receipt of a notice of resignation from a Paying Agent,
the Issuer shall promptly, and in any event not less than 30 days before the resignation takes
effect, give notice to the Noteholders under Condition 12. If the Fiscal Agent shall resign or
be removed pursuant to subclauses 24.1 or 24.2 above or in accordance
with this subclause 24.4, the Issuer shall promptly and in any event within 30 days of
receipt of the notice of resignation appoint a successor (being a leading bank acting through
its office in London). If the Issuer fails to appoint a successor within such period, the
Fiscal Agent may select a leading bank acting through its office in London to act as Fiscal
Agent hereunder and the Issuer shall appoint that bank as the successor Fiscal Agent. |
24.5 |
|
Notwithstanding the provisions of subclauses 24.1, 24.2 and 24.4, so long as any of the Notes
is outstanding, the termination of the appointment of an Agent (whether by the Issuer or by
the resignation of the Agent) shall not be effective unless upon the expiry of the relevant
notice there is: |
|
(a) |
|
a Fiscal Agent; |
|
|
(b) |
|
a Paying Agent (which may be the Fiscal Agent) in Luxembourg so long as the
Notes are admitted to trading on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange; |
|
|
(c) |
|
so long as such a paying agent exists, a Paying Agent in a Member State of the
European Union that is not obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to European
Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced
in order to conform to, such Directive; |
|
|
(d) |
|
a Paying Agent in a jurisdiction within Continental Europe; and |
|
|
(e) |
|
a Registrar and a transfer agent. |
24.6 |
|
Any successor Agent shall execute and deliver to its predecessor, the Issuer and, where
appropriate, the Fiscal Agent an instrument accepting the appointment under this Agreement,
and the successor Agent, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with
all the authority, rights, powers, trusts, immunities, duties and obligations of the
predecessor with like effect as if originally named as an Agent. |
12
24.7 |
|
If the appointment of an Agent (other than the Agent Bank) under this Agreement is
terminated (whether by the Issuer or by the resignation of the relevant Agent), such Agent
shall on the date on which the termination takes effect deliver to its successor Agent (or,
if none, the Fiscal Agent) all Notes surrendered to it but not yet destroyed and all records
concerning the Notes maintained by it (except such documents and records as it is obliged by
law or regulation to retain or not to release) and pay to its successor Agent (or, if none,
to the Fiscal Agent) the amounts (if any) held by it in respect of Notes which have become
due and payable but which have not been presented for payment, but shall have no other
duties or responsibilities under this Agreement. |
24.8 |
|
If the Fiscal Agent or any of the other Agents shall change its specified office, it shall
give to the Issuer and, where appropriate, the Fiscal Agent not less than 45 days prior
written notice to that effect giving the address of the new specified office. As soon as
practicable thereafter and in any event at least 30 days before the change, the Fiscal Agent
shall give to the Noteholders on behalf of and at the expense of the Issuer notice of the
change and the address of the new specified office under Condition 12. |
24.9 |
|
A corporation into which any Agent for the time being may be merged or converted or a
corporation with which the Agent may be consolidated or a corporation resulting from a merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Agent shall be a party, any corporation to which such
Agent shall sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of its assets or any
corporation to which such Agent shall sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of
its corporate trust business, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be the
successor Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of any of the parties to this Agreement. Notice of any merger,
conversion or consolidation shall forthwith be given to the Issuer and, where appropriate, the
Fiscal Agent. |
25. |
|
MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS |
|
|
The provisions of Schedule 3 shall apply to meetings of the Noteholders and shall have
effect in the same manner as if set out in this Agreement provided that, so long as any of
the Notes are represented by the Global Certificate, the expression Noteholders shall
include the persons for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. as
operator of the Euroclear System (Euroclear) and/or Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme
(Clearstream, Luxembourg), as the holders of a particular principal amount of such Notes
(each an Accountholder) (in which regard a certificate or other document issued by
Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as to the principal amount of such Notes standing to
the account of any person shall be conclusive and binding) for all purposes other than with
respect to the payment of principal and interest on such Notes, the right to which shall be
vested as against the Issuer solely in the Relevant Nominee and the expressions holder and
holders shall be construed accordingly. |
26. |
|
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR TRANSFER |
|
|
The Issuer may without the consent of the Noteholders, merge or consolidate with any
other corporation or dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to any other
corporation, provided that the successor corporation assumes all obligations of the Issuer
under the Notes and this Agreement and certain other conditions set forth in the
Conditions are met. |
13
27. |
|
NOTICES |
|
|
|
Any notice required to be given under this Agreement to any of the parties shall be in
English and shall be delivered in person, sent by pre-paid post (first class if inland,
first class airmail if overseas) or by facsimile addressed to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Issuer: |
|
Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation |
|
|
|
|
650 Madison Avenue |
|
|
|
|
New York NY 10022 |
|
|
|
|
USA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile No: |
|
+ 1 212 813-7705 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attention: |
|
Tracey T. Travis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Fiscal Agent: |
|
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch |
|
|
|
|
Winchester House |
|
|
|
|
1 Great Winchester Street |
|
|
|
|
London EC2N 2DB |
|
|
|
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile No:
|
|
+44 207 547 6149 |
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
Trust & Securities Services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Paying Agent and Registrar: |
|
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. |
|
|
|
|
2 Boulevard Konrad Adenauer |
|
|
|
|
L-1115 Luxembourg |
|
|
|
|
Luxembourg |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile No:
|
|
+ 352 021 223319 |
|
|
|
|
Attention:
|
|
Trust & Securities Services |
|
|
or such other address of which notice in writing has been given to the other parties
to this Agreement under the provisions of this clause. |
|
|
|
Any such notice shall take effect, if delivered in person, at the time of delivery, if
sent by post, three days in the case of inland post or seven days in the case of overseas
post after despatch, and, in the case of facsimile, 24 hours after the time of despatch,
provided that in the case of a notice given by facsimile transmission such notice shall
forthwith be confirmed by post. The failure of the addressee to receive such confirmation
shall not invalidate the relevant notice given by facsimile. |
|
28. |
|
TAXES AND STAMP DUTIES |
|
|
|
The Issuer agrees to pay any and all stamp and other taxes or duties which may be payable
in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Agreement
by the Agents. |
14
29. |
|
COUNTERPARTS |
|
|
|
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which, taken together,
shall constitute one and the same agreement and any party may enter into this Agreement by
executing a counterpart. |
|
30. |
|
DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS |
|
|
|
The descriptive headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall
not define or limit the provisions of this Agreement. |
|
31. |
|
GOVERNING LAW AND SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION |
|
31.1 |
|
This Agreement is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the
State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. |
|
31.2 |
|
Each of the Issuer and the Agents irrevocably consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of
the
State or Federal courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (New
York Courts) to adjudicate any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this
Agreement and that accordingly any action or proceedings (together referred to as
Proceedings) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in such
New York Courts. |
|
31.3 |
|
The Issuer and the Paying Agents agree to waive, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable
law, any right any of them may have to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding directly or
indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any Note (whether based on
contract,
tort or any other theory). Each of the Issuer and each of the Paying Agents, (a) certifies
that
no representative, agent or attorney or any other party has represented, expressly or
otherwise,
that such other party would not, in the event of Proceedings, seek to enforce the foregoing
waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other parties to this Agreement have been
induced to enter in this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and
certifications in this section. |
|
31.4 |
|
The Issuer hereby agrees that the process by which any Proceedings in the New York Courts
are begun may be served on it by being delivered to it c/o Tracey T. Travis, 650 Madison
Avenue, New York, New York 10022 and agrees further that service of process upon such
person shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process in any such proceedings.
If the appointment of the person appointed to receive process on behalf of the Issuer ceases to
be effective, the Issuer shall forthwith appoint a further person in the State of New York to
accept service of process on its behalf and notify the name and address of such person to the
Fiscal Agent, on behalf of the Agents, and, failing such appointment within fifteen days, the
Fiscal Agent shall be entitled to appoint such a person by written notice addressed and
delivered to the Issuer. |
|
31.5 |
|
To the extent that the Issuer or the Paying Agents have or hereafter may acquire any
immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or
its
property, the Issuer and the Paying Agents hereby irrevocably waive such immunity in
respect of its obligations under this Agreement, and in the case of the Issuer, under any
Note
or Coupon. |
15
32. |
|
AMENDMENTS |
|
|
|
This Agreement may be amended by all of the parties, without the consent of any
Noteholder, either: |
|
(a) |
|
for the purpose of curing any ambiguity or of curing, correcting or
supplementing any
manifest or proven error or any other defective provision contained in this
Agreement; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
in any other manner which the parties may mutually deem necessary or
desirable and
which shall not be inconsistent with the Conditions and shall not be materially
prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders. |
SIGNED by each of the parties (or their duly authorised representatives) on the date which
appears first on page 1.
16
SCHEDULE 1
FORM OF THE GLOBAL CERTIFICATE
POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
GLOBAL CERTIFICATE
THIS GLOBAL CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT). NEITHER THIS GLOBAL CERTIFICATE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF
MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO ANY U.S. PERSON UNLESS AN EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IS AVAILABLE.
Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation (the Issuer) hereby certifies that Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch
is, at the date hereof, entered in the Register as the holder of the aggregate nominal amount of
EUR 300,000,000 (THREE HUNDRED MILLION EUROS) of a duly authorised issue of Notes (the Notes)
described, and having the provisions specified, in the attached Conditions (the Conditions).
Words and expressions defined or set out in the Conditions shall have the same meaning when used
in this Global Certificate.
This Global Certificate is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and an
Agency Agreement (the Agency Agreement which expression shall be construed as a reference to that
agreement as the same may be amended, supplemented, novated or restated from time to time) dated 5
October 2006 and made between, inter alios, the Issuer, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. (the
Registrar) and the other Agents named in it.
Subject to and in accordance with the Conditions, the registered holder of this Global Certificate
is entitled to receive on 4 October 2013 and/or on such earlier date(s) as all or any of the Notes
represented by this Global Certificate may become due and repayable in accordance with the
Conditions, the amount payable under the Conditions in respect of the Notes on each such date and
interest on the nominal amount of the Notes from time to time represented by this Global
Certificate calculated and payable as provided in the Conditions together with any other sums
payable under the Conditions, all in accordance with the Conditions.
On any redemption of payment of interest being made in respect of, or purchase and cancellation
of, any of the Notes represented by this Global Certificate details of such redemption, payment or
purchase and cancellation (as the case may be) shall be entered by the Registrar in the Register.
Upon any such redemption or purchase and cancellation, the nominal amount of the Notes held by the
registered holder hereof shall be reduced by the nominal amount of the Notes so redeemed or
purchased and cancelled. The nominal amount of the Notes held by the registered holder hereof
following any such redemption or purchase and cancellation or any transfer or exchange as referred
to below shall be that amount most recently entered in the Register.
Notes represented by this Global Certificate are transferable only in accordance with, and subject
to, the provisions of this Global Certificate and of Condition 2 and the rules and operating
procedures of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (Euroclear) and Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme
(Clearstream, Luxembourg).
This Global Certificate may be exchanged in whole but not in part (free of charge) for definitive
Certificates (Certificates) in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 2 to the Agency Agreement
(on
17
the basis that all the appropriate details have been included on the face of such
definitive Certificates and the Conditions have been endorsed on or attached to such Certificates)
only upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a) |
|
principal or interest in respect of any Note is not paid when due and payable in accordance
with the Conditions; |
|
(b) |
|
if this Global Certificate is registered in the name of a nominee for a common depositary for
Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg, the Issuer has been notified that both Euroclear and
Clearstream, Luxembourg have been closed for business for a continuous period of 14 days
(other than by reason of holiday, statutory or otherwise) or have announced an intention
permanently to cease business or have in fact done so and no successor clearing system is
available. |
The Issuer will promptly give notice to Noteholders in accordance with Condition 12 upon the
occurrence of any such event. In the event of the occurrence of any such event, Euroclear and/or
Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, acting on the instructions of any holder of an
interest in this Global Certificate may give notice to the Registrar requesting exchange. Any
exchange shall occur no later than 10 days after the date of receipt of the relevant notice by the
Registrar.
Exchanges will be made upon presentation of this Global Certificate at the office of the Registrar
at 2 Boulevard Konrad Adenauer, L-1115 Luxembourg, Luxembourg by the holder of it on any day
(other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Luxembourg. The
aggregate nominal amount of Certificates issued upon an exchange of this Global Certificate will
be equal to the aggregate nominal amount of this Global Certificate.
On an exchange in whole of this Global Certificate, this Global Certificate shall be surrendered
to the Registrar.
On any exchange or transfer following which either (i) Notes represented by this Global
Certificate are no longer to be so represented or (ii) Notes not so represented are to be so
represented details of the transfer shall be entered by the Registrar in the Register, following
which the nominal amount of this Global Certificate and the Note held by the registered holder of
this Global Certificate shall be increased or reduced (as the case may be) by the nominal amount
so transferred.
Until the exchange of the whole of this Global Certificate, the registered holder of this Global
Certificate shall in all respects (except as otherwise provided in this Global Certificate and in
the Conditions) be entitled to the same benefits as if he were the registered holder of the
Certificates represented by this Global Certificate.
In the event that this Global Certificate (or any part of it) has become due and repayable in
accordance with the Conditions or that the Maturity Date has occurred and, in either case, payment
in full of the amount due has not been made to the registered holder of this Global Certificate in
accordance with the provisions set out above then holders of interests in this Global Certificate
will become entitled to proceed directly against the Issuer on the basis of statement of account
provided by Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be provided nothing herein
shall prevent the Issuer or any Agent from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or
other authorisation furnished by the depositary or impair, as between the Clearing Systems and
their agent members, the operation of customary practices of such depositary governing the
exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in this Global Certificate.
18
This Global Certificate is not a document of title. Entitlements are determined by entry in
the Register and only the duly registered holder from time to time is entitled to payment in
respect of this Global Certificate.
For so long as all of the Notes are represented by this Global Certificate and this Global
Certificate is held on behalf of a clearing system, each person (other than another clearing
system) who is for the time being shown in the records of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg (as
the case may be) as the holder of a particular aggregate principal amount of such Notes (each an
Accountholder) (in which regard any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear or
Clearstream, Luxembourg (as the case may be) as to the aggregate principal amount of such Notes
standing to the account by any person shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and
binding for all purposes) shall be treated as the holder of such aggregate principal amount of
such Notes (and the expression Noteholders and references to holding of Notes and to holder
of Notes shall be construed accordingly) for all purposes other than with respect to payments on
such Notes, the right to which shall be vested, as against the Issuer, solely in the nominee for
the relevant clearing system (the Relevant Nominee) in accordance with and subject to the terms of
this Global Certificate. Each Accountholder must look solely to Euroclear or Clearstream,
Luxembourg, as the case may be, for its share of each payment made to the Relevant Nominee.
Payments of principal and interest in respect of Notes represented by this Global Certificate will
be made upon presentation or, if no further payment falls to be made in respect of the Notes,
against presentation and surrender of this Global Certificate to or to the order of the Registrar
or such other Agent as shall have been notified to the holder of this Global Certificate for such
purpose.
Distributions of amounts with respect to book-entry interests in this Global Certificate will be
credited, to the extent received by the Registrar, to the cash accounts of Euroclear or
Clearstream, Luxembourg participants in accordance with the relevant systems rules and
procedures.
A record of each payment made will be endorsed on the appropriate schedule to this Global
Certificate by or on behalf of the Registrar and shall be prima facie evidence that payment has
been made.
So long as all the Notes are represented by this Global Certificate and this Global Certificate is
held on behalf of a clearing system, notices to Noteholders may be given by delivery of the
relevant notice to that clearing system for communication by it to entitled Accountholders in
substitution for notification as required by the Conditions.
The Registrar will not register title to the Notes in a name other than that of the Relevant
Nominee for a period of 15 calendar days preceding the due date for any payment of principal or
interest in respect of the Notes.
Transfers of book-entry interests in the Notes will be effected through the records of Euroclear
and Clearstream, Luxembourg and their respective participants in accordance with the rules and
procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg and their respective direct and indirect
participants.
This Global Certificate is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, New York
law. This Global Certificate shall not be valid unless authenticated by the Registrar.
19
IN WITNESS whereof the Issuer has caused this Global Certificate to be duly executed on its behalf.
POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
By
Authenticated without recourse
warranty or liability by
DEUTSCHE BANK
LUXEMBOURG S.A.
By:
20
- FORM OF TRANSFER -
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned, being the registered holder of this Global Certificate, hereby
sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) to
(Please print or type name and address (including postal code) of transferee)
EUR [ ] in principal amount outstanding of the EUR 300,000,000 4.50 per cent. Notes due 2013 of
Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation (the Notes) and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably
constituting and appointing Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., in its capacity as registrar in relation
to the Notes (or any successor to Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., in its capacity as such) to effect
the relevant transfer by means of appropriate entries in the register kept by it.
Date:
|
|
|
N.B.: 1. This form of transfer must be accompanied by such documents, evidence and
information as may be required pursuant to the Conditions and must be executed
under the hand of the transferor or, if the transferor is a corporation, either
under its common seal or under the hand of two of its officers duly authorised in
writing and, in such latter case, the document so authorising such officers must be
delivered with this form of transfer. |
|
|
2. |
|
The name of the person by or on whose behalf this form of transfer is signed must
correspond with the name of the registered holder as it appears on the front of
this Global Certificate. |
[Attached to the Global Certificate]
[Terms and Conditions as set out in Part 2 of Schedule 2]
[At the foot of the Terms and Conditions:]
21
FISCAL AGENT
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch
Winchester House
1 Great Winchester Street
London EC2N 2DB
PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.
2 Boulevard Konrad Adenauer
L-l115 Luxembourg
Luxembourg
22
SCHEDULE 2
FORM OF CERTIFICATE AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES
PART I
FORM OF CERTIFICATE
Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation (the Issuer) hereby certifies that [ ] is/are, at the date of this
Note, entered in the Register as the holder(s) of the aggregate nominal amount of [ ] of a duly
authorised issue of EUR 300,000,000 4.50 per cent. Notes due 2013 by the Issuer (the Notes)
described, and having the provisions specified, in the attached Conditions (the Conditions).
References in this Note to the Conditions shall be to the Terms and Conditions attached to this
Note.
Words and expressions defined or set out in the Conditions shall have the same meaning when used
in this Note.
This Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and an Agency Agreement
(the Agency Agreement, which expression shall be construed as a reference to that agreement as the
same may be amended, supplemented, novated or restated from time to time) dated 5 October 2006 and
made between, inter alios, the Issuer, Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. (the Registrar) and the other
parties named in it.
Subject to and in accordance with the Conditions, the registered holder(s) of this Note is/are
entitled to receive on the 4 October 2013 and/or on such earlier date(s) as this Note may become
due and repayable in accordance with the Conditions, the amount payable under the Conditions in
respect of this Note on each such due date and interest (in any) on this Note calculated and
payable as provided in the Conditions together with any other sums payable under the Conditions,
all in accordance with the Conditions.
This Note is not a document of title. Entitlements are determined by entry in the Register and
only the duly registered holder from time to time is entitled to payment in respect of this Note.
This Note shall not be valid unless authenticated by the Registrar.
IN WITNESS whereof the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed on its behalf.
POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
By:
Authenticated without recourse,
warranty or liability by
DEUTSCHE BANK
LUXEMBOURG S.A.
By:
23
FORM OF TRANSFER
FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) to
(Please print or type name and address (including postal code) of transferee)
EUR [ ] nominal amount of this Note and all rights hereunder, hereby irrevocably
constituting and appointing [REGISTRAR] as attorney to transfer such principal amount of this
Note in the register maintained by POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION with full power of substitution.
Date:
NOTE:
2. |
|
This form of transfer must be accompanied by such documents, evidence and information as
may be required pursuant to the Conditions and must be executed under the hand of the
transferor or, if the transferor is a corporation, either under its common seal or under
the hand
of two of its officers duly authorised in writing and, in such latter case, the document so
authorising such officers must be delivered with this form of transfer. |
|
3. |
|
The signature(s) on this form of transfer must correspond with the name(s) as it/they
appear(s) on the face of this Note in every particular, without alteration or enlargement
or any change whatever. |
(Reverse of Note)
CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES
(as set out in Part 2 of this Schedule 2)
FISCAL AGENT
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch
Winchester House
1 Great Winchester Street
London EC2N 2DB
24
PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.
2 Boulevard Konrad Adenauer
L-l115 Luxembourg
Luxembourg
and/or such other or further Fiscal Agent, Paying Agents and/or Registrar and/or specified
offices as may from time to time be appointed by the Issuer and notice of which has been given to
the Noteholders.
25
PART 2
CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES
The following is the text of the Conditions of the Notes which (subject to
modification and except for the paragraphs in italics) will be endorsed on Certificates
issued in respect of the Notes:
The EUR
300,000,000 4.50 per cent. Notes due 2013 (the Notes, which expression shall in these
Conditions, unless the context otherwise requires, include any further notes issued pursuant to
Condition 14 and forming a single series with the Notes) of Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation (the
Issuer) are issued subject to and with the benefit of an agency agreement dated 5 October 2006
(such agreement as amended and/or supplemented and/or restated from
time to time, the Agency
Agreement) made between the Issuer, and Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch (in its capacity as
principal paying agent only, the Principal Paying Agent, and in its collective capacity as fiscal
agent and principal paying agent, the Fiscal Agent, and in its capacity as transfer agent, the
Transfer Agent) and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. (as Luxembourg paying agent and, in its capacity
as registrar, the Registrar, being together with the Fiscal Agent and the Transfer Agent, the
Paying Agents).
The statements in these Conditions include summaries of, and are subject to, the detailed
provisions of and definitions in the Agency Agreement. Copies of the Agency Agreement are available
for inspection during normal business hours at the specified office of each of the Paying Agents.
The holders of the Notes (the Noteholders) are entitled to the benefit of, are bound by, and are
deemed to have notice of, all the provisions of the Agency Agreement applicable to them. References
in these Conditions to the Fiscal Agent, the Registrar, the Transfer Agent and the Paying Agents
shall include any successor appointed under the Agency Agreement.
The
owners shown in the records of Euroclear Bank S.A.IN.V.
(Euroclear) and Clearstream
Banking, société anonyme (Clearstream, Luxembourg) of book-entry interests in Notes are entitled to
the benefit of, are bound by, and are deemed to have notice of, all the provisions of the Agency
Agreement applicable to them.
1. |
|
FORM, DENOMINATION AND TITLE |
|
(1) |
|
Form and denomination |
|
|
|
The Notes are in registered form, serially numbered, in denominations of EUR 50,000 each and
integral multiples of EUR 1,000 in excess thereof (referred to as the principal amount of a
Note). A note certificate (each a Certificate) will be issued to each Noteholder in respect of
its registered holding of Notes. Each Certificate will be numbered serially with an identifying
number which will be recorded on the relevant Certificate and in the register of Noteholders
which the Issuer will procure to be kept by the Registrar. |
|
|
|
The Notes are not issuable in bearer form. |
|
(2) |
|
Title |
|
|
|
Title to the Notes passes only by registration in the register of Noteholders. The holder of
any Note will (except as otherwise required by law) be treated as its absolute owner for all
purposes (whether or not it is overdue and regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or any
interest or any writing on, or the theft or loss of, the Certificate issued in respect of it) and
no person will be liable for so treating the holder. In these
Conditions Noteholder and (in
relation to a Note) holder means the person in whose name a Note is registered in the register of
Noteholders. |
|
|
|
For a description of the procedures for transferring title to book-entry interests in the Notes,
see the Agency Agreement and Condition 2. |
|
2. |
|
TRANSFERS OF NOTES AND ISSUE OF CERTIFICATES |
|
(1) |
|
Transfers |
|
|
|
A Note may be transferred by depositing the Certificate issued in respect of that Note, with
the form of transfer on the back duly completed and signed, at the specified office of the
Registrar or any of the Transfer Agents. |
26
(2) |
|
Delivery of new Certificates |
|
|
|
Each new Certificate to be issued upon transfer of Notes will, within five business days of
receipt by the Registrar or the relevant Transfer Agent of the duly completed form of transfer
endorsed on the relevant Certificate, be mailed by uninsured mail at the risk of the holder
entitled to the Note to the address specified in the form of transfer. For the purposes of this
Condition, business day shall mean a day on which banks are open for business in the city in
which the specified office of the Transfer Agent with whom a Certificate is deposited in
connection with a transfer is located. |
|
|
|
Except in the limited circumstances described herein (see Summary of Provisions Relating to the
Notes while in Global Form), owners of interests in the Notes will not be entitled to receive
physical delivery of Certificates. Issues of Certificates upon transfer of Notes are subject to
compliance by the transferor and transferee with the certification procedures described above and
in the Agency Agreement. |
|
|
|
Where some but not all of the Notes in respect of which a Certificate is issued are to be
transferred, a new Certificate in respect of the Notes not so transferred will, within five
business days of receipt by the Registrar or the relevant Transfer Agent of the original
Certificate, be mailed by uninsured mail at the risk of the holder of the Notes not so
transferred to the address of such holder appearing on the register of Noteholders or as
specified in the form of transfer. |
|
(3) |
|
Formalities free of charge |
|
|
|
Registration of transfer of Notes will be effected without charge by or on behalf of the
Issuer or any Paying Agent but upon payment (or the giving of such indemnity as the Issuer or any
Transfer Agent may reasonably require) in respect of any tax or other governmental charges which
may be imposed in relation to such transfer. |
|
(4) |
|
Closed Periods |
|
|
|
No Noteholder may require the transfer of a Note to be registered during the period of
15 days ending on the due date for any payment of principal or interest on that Note. |
|
(5) |
|
Regulations |
|
|
|
All transfers of Notes and entries on the register of Noteholders will be made subject to
the detailed regulations concerning transfer of Notes scheduled to the Agency Agreement. The
regulations may be changed by the Issuer with the prior written approval of the Registrar. A copy
of the current regulations will be mailed (free of charge) by the Registrar to any Noteholder who
requests one. |
|
3. |
|
STATUS OF THE NOTES |
|
|
|
The Notes will constitute direct, unconditional and (subject as provided under Condition 4)
unsecured obligations of the Issuer and will at all times rank pari passu among themselves and
(subject to such obligations as are mandatorily preferred by law) with all other present and
future unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Issuer. Neither the Agency Agreement nor
the Notes will limit other unsecured indebtedness or securities which may be incurred or issued
by the Issuer and its subsidiaries. The Agency Agreement and the Notes will contain only the
financial or similar restrictions on the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (as defined below) described
in Condition 4 and Condition 15. |
|
4. |
|
COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER |
|
|
|
The Issuer will not pledge, mortgage, encumber or otherwise grant, or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to pledge, mortgage, encumber or otherwise grant, a security interest in any
properties or assets owned by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to secure Debt without |
27
|
|
securing the Notes equally and ratably with all Debt, secured by such security interest, unless
after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all such other secured Debt plus all
Attributable Debt (as defined below) of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries in respect of Sale and
Leaseback Transactions (as defined below) would not exceed 10 per cent of Consolidated Net
Assets of the Issuer (Excluded Debt). The term Debt is defined to mean indebtedness for money
borrowed evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities and which is reflected as
a liability on the consolidated balance sheet, at the date of issuance, of the Issuer and its
Subsidiaries in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the
United States on the date of the Agency Agreement. The term
Consolidated Net Assets means the
total assets appearing on the most recently prepared consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and
its Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Issuer,
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, less
all current liabilities (due within one year) as shown on such balance sheet. |
|
|
|
Sale and leaseback transactions by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of any Principal Property (as
defined below), except for temporary leases for a term of not more than three years and except
for leases between the Issuer and Subsidiary or between Subsidiaries
(Sale and Leaseback
Transactions), are prohibited unless (i) the Issuer or such Subsidiary would be entitled to
issue, assume or guarantee Debt secured by the property involved at least equal in amount to the
Attributable Debt in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes
(provided that such Attributable Debt shall thereupon be deemed to be Debt subject to the
provisions of the preceding paragraph), (ii) an amount in cash equal to such Attributable Debt is
applied to the retirement (other than any mandatory retirement) of long-term non-subordinated
Debt of the Issuer or long-term Debt of a Subsidiary or (iii) an amount in cash equal to such
Attributable Debt is applied, within twelve months of the consummation of the Sale and Leaseback
Transaction, to the purchase or acquisition (or, in the case of real property, the construction)
of property or assets. Attributable Debt is defined as the present value (discounted at an
appropriate rate) of the obligation of a lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of
any lease. |
|
|
|
The term Subsidiary is defined to mean any corporation which is consolidated in the Issuers
accounts and any corporation of which at least a majority of the outstanding stock having voting
power under ordinary circumstances to elect a majority of the board of directors of said
corporation shall at the time be owned by the Issuer or by the Issuer and one or more
Subsidiaries or by one or more Subsidiaries. The term Principal
Property is defined to mean any
office or facility which is owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary, unless the Board of Directors
of the Issuer (or any duly authorized committee thereof) by resolution declares that such office
or facility, together with all other offices and facilities previously so declared, is not of
material importance to the total business conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as an
entirety. |
|
5. |
|
INTEREST |
|
(1) |
|
Interest Rate and Interest Payment Dates |
|
|
|
The Notes bear interest from and including 5 October 2006 at the rate of 4.50 per cent per
annum, payable annually in arrear on 4 October (each an Interest
Payment Date). The first payment
of interest shall be in respect of the period from and including 5 October 2006 to, but
excluding, 4 October 2007, and shall be made on 4 October 2007. |
|
(2) |
|
Interest Accrual |
|
|
|
Each Note will cease to bear interest from and including its due date for redemption unless, upon
due presentation, payment of the principal in respect of the Note is improperly withheld or
refused or unless default is otherwise made in respect of payment. In such event, interest will
continue to accrue until whichever is the earlier of: |
(a) the date on which all amounts due in respect of such Note have been paid; and
(b) five days after the date on which the full amount of the moneys payable in respect of
such Notes has been received by the Fiscal Agent or the Registrar, as the case may be, and
notice to that effect has been given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 12.
28
(3) |
|
Calculation of Broken Interest |
|
|
|
When interest is required to be calculated in respect of a period of less than a full year,
it shall be calculated on the basis of (a) the actual number of days in the period from and
including the date from which interest begins to accrue (the
Accrual Date), but excluding the
date on which it falls due divided by (b) the actual number of days from and including the
Accrual Date, but excluding the next following Interest Payment Date. |
|
6. |
|
PAYMENTS |
|
(1) |
|
Payments in respect of Notes |
|
|
|
Payment of principal and interest will be made by transfer to the registered account of the
Noteholder or by Euro cheque drawn on a bank that processes payments in Euro mailed to the
registered address of the Noteholder if it does not have a registered account. Payments of
principal and payments of interest due otherwise than on an Interest Payment Date will only be
made against surrender of the relevant Certificate at the specified office of any of the Agents.
Interest on Notes due on an Interest Payment Date will be paid to the holder shown on the
register of Noteholders at the close of business on the date (the
record date) being the
fifteenth day before the due date for the payment of interest. |
|
|
|
For the purposes of this Condition 6, a Noteholders registered account means the Euro account
maintained by or on behalf of it with a bank that processes payments in Euro, details of which
appear on the register of Noteholders at the close of business, in the case of principal, on the
second business day (as defined below) before the due date for payment and, in the case of
interest, on the relevant record date, and a Noteholders registered address means its address
appearing on the register of Noteholders at that time. |
|
(2) |
|
Payments subject to Applicable Laws |
|
|
|
Payments in respect of principal and interest on Notes are subject in all cases to any fiscal
or other laws and regulations applicable in the place of payment, but without prejudice to
the provisions of Condition 8. |
|
(3) |
|
No commissions |
|
|
|
No commissions or expenses shall be charged to the Noteholders in respect of any payments
made in accordance with this Condition 6. |
|
(4) |
|
Payment on Business Days |
|
|
|
Where payment is to be made by transfer to a registered account, payment instructions (for value
the due date or, if that is not a Business Day (as defined below), for value the first following
day which is a Business Day) will be initiated and, where payment is to be made by cheque, the
cheque will be mailed, on the Business Day preceding the due date for payment or, in the case of
a payment of principal or a payment of interest due otherwise than on an Interest Payment Date,
if later, on the Business Day on which the relevant Certificate is surrendered at the specified
office of a Paying Agent. |
|
|
|
Noteholders will not be entitled to any interest or other payment for any delay after the due
date in receiving the amount due if the due date is not a Business Day, if the Noteholder is late
in surrendering its Certificate (if required to do so) or if a cheque mailed in accordance with
this Condition 6 arrives after the due date for payment. |
|
|
|
In this Condition 6, Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which
commercial banks are open for business in London, and a day on which the TARGET System is open
and, in the case of presentation of a Note Certificate, in the place in which the Note
Certificate is presented. |
29
(5) |
|
Partial Payments |
|
|
|
If the amount of principal or interest which is due on the Notes is not paid in full, the
Registrar will annotate the register of Noteholders with a record of the amount of principal,
premium (if any) or interest in fact paid. |
|
(6) |
|
Paying Agents |
|
|
|
The names of the initial Paying Agents and their initial specified offices are set out at
the end of these Conditions. The Issuer reserves the right at any time to vary or terminate the
appointment of any Paying Agent and to appoint additional or other Paying Agents provided that: |
(a) there will at all times be a Fiscal Agent;
(b) there will at all times be a Paying Agent (which may be the Fiscal Agent) having a
specified office in a European city which, so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg
Stock Exchange, shall be Luxembourg;
(c) the Issuer undertakes that it will, so long as such a paying agent exists, ensure that it
maintains a Paying Agent in a Member State of the European Union that is not obliged to
withhold or deduct tax pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any law
implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive;
(d) there will at all times be a Paying Agent in a jurisdiction within continental Europe; and
(e) there will at all times be a Registrar and a transfer agent.
|
|
Notice of any termination or appointment, and of any changes in specified offices will be
given to the Noteholders promptly by the Issuer in accordance with Condition 12. |
|
7. |
|
REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE |
|
(1) |
|
Redemption at Maturity |
|
|
|
Unless previously redeemed, called or purchased and cancelled as provided below, the Issuer
will redeem the Notes at their principal amount on 4 October 2013. |
|
(2) |
|
Issuers Call Option |
|
|
|
The Notes will be redeemable, in whole but not in part at the Issuers option, at any time
at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100 per cent of the principal amount of such
Notes or (ii) as determined by the Quotation Agent (as defined below), the sum of the present
values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (not including any
portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the date of redemption) discounted to the
redemption date on an annual basis (based on the actual number of days elapsed divided by 365
(or, if any of those days elapsed fall in a leap year, the sum of (x) the number of those days
falling in a leap year divided by 366 and (y) the number of those days falling in a non-leap year
divided by 365)) at the Reference Dealer Rate (as defined below), plus in each case, accrued
interest thereon to the date of redemption. |
|
|
|
For the purposes of this Condition 7(2), |
|
|
|
Business Day means, in relation to any place, a day on which commercial banks and foreign
exchange markets settle payments in that place. |
|
|
|
Quotation Agent means the Reference Dealer (as defined below).
|
|
|
|
Reference Dealer means the Principal Paying Agent or its successor. |
|
|
|
Reference Dealer Rate means with respect to the Reference Dealer and any redemption date, the
midmarket annual yield to maturity, as determined by the Reference Dealer, of the |
30
|
|
DBR 3.75 per cent. Notes due 4 July 2013 or, if that security is no longer outstanding, a similar
security in the reasonable judgment of the Reference Dealer, at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the
third business day in London preceding such redemption date quoted in writing to the Fiscal Agent
by such Reference Dealer. |
|
|
|
Notice of any redemption will be given to the Noteholders at least 30 days but not more than 60
days before the redemption date. |
|
|
|
Unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date,
interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption. |
|
(3) |
|
Redemption for Taxation Reasons |
|
|
|
If, in the written opinion of independent counsel chosen by the Issuer, there is a substantial
probability that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay additional interest on the Notes
as described below in Condition 8, as a result of any of the following events occurring on or
after 5 October 2006 (a) any change in, or amendment to, the laws (or any regulations or rulings
promulgated thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority
thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any change in official position regarding the
application or interpretation of such laws, regulations or rulings, (b) any action taken by a
taxing authority of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein affecting
taxation, which action is generally applied or is taken with respect to the Issuer, (c) a
decision rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or any political
subdivision thereof or therein, whether or not such decision was rendered with respect to the
Issuer, (d) a private letter ruling or technical advice memorandum issued by the National Office
of the United States Internal Revenue Service on substantially the same facts as those affecting
the Issuer or (e) any change, amendment, application, interpretation or execution of the laws of
the United States (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) shall have been
officially proposed, which change, amendment, action, application, interpretation or execution
would have effect after 5 October 2006 and the Issuer determines that such obligation cannot be
avoided by the use of reasonable measures then available to the Issuer, then the Issuer may, at
its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice to the holders for the time
being of the Notes, redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at a redemption price equal to
100 per cent of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed
for redemption, provided that no such notice of redemption shall be given earlier than 90 days
prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to pay such additional interest
if a payment in respect to the Notes were due on such date and, at the time such notification of
redemption is given, such obligation to pay such additional interest remains in effect. Prior to
the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer shall deliver
to the Fiscal Agent (i) a certificate stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such
redemption and that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to so redeem have
occurred and (ii) an opinion of independent counsel chosen by the Issuer to the effect that there
is a substantial probability that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay additional
interest on the Notes. |
|
(4) |
|
Noteholder Put |
|
|
|
If a Put Event (as defined below) occurs, each Noteholder shall have the option (unless, prior to
the giving of the Put Event Notice (as defined below), the Issuer shall have given notice under
Condition 7(2) or 7(3)) to require the Issuer to redeem or, at the Issuers option, purchase (or
procure the purchase of) any or all of the Notes at their principal amount together with interest
accrued up to but excluding the Put Date (as defined below). Such
option (the Put Option) shall
operate as set out below. |
|
|
|
If a Put Event occurs then, within 21 days of the end of the Change of Control Period (as defined
below), the Issuer shall give notice (a Put Event Notice) to the Noteholders in accordance with
Condition 12 specifying the nature of the Put Event and the procedure for exercising the Put
Option. |
31
To exercise the Put Option if the relevant Notes are held outside of Euroclear and
Clearstream, Luxembourg, the Noteholder must within 30 days
after a Put Event (the Put Period)
deliver the Certificate in respect of such Notes at the specified office of any Paying Agent at any
time during normal business hours of such Paying Agent falling within the Put Period, accompanied
by a duly signed and completed notice of exercise in the then-current form obtainable from the
specified office of any Paying Agent (a Put Notice) and in which the Noteholder must specify the
registered account of such Noteholder (or, if payment is required to be made by cheque, the
registered address of such Noteholder (as per Condition 6(1)) to which payment is to be made under
this Condition 7(4). The Issuer shall at its option redeem or purchase (or procure the purchase of)
the relevant Notes on the date that is seven days (or, if that day is not a Business Day, the first
Business Day following the seven day period) after the expiration of the Put Period (the Put Date)
unless the Notes have been previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled. Payment in respect of
any Certificate so delivered will be made on the Put Date by transfer for value on the Put Date to
the registered account of such Noteholder (or if a registered address is specified for payment by
cheque, by cheque sent by first class post to such specified registered address). A Put Notice,
once given, shall be irrevocable.
To exercise the Put Option, if the relevant Notes are held through Euroclear or Clearstream,
Luxembourg the Noteholder must, within the Put Period, give notice to the Registrar of such
exercise in accordance with the standard procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg (which
may include notice being given on such Noteholders instruction by Euroclear and Clearstream,
Luxembourg or any common depositary for them to the Registrar by electronic means) in a form
acceptable to Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg from time to time.
A Put Event will be deemed to occur if:
(i) an offer to acquire capital stock of the Issuer (Shares), whether expressed as a tender
offer, merger proposal, legal offer, an invitation to tender, a scheme with regard to such
acquisition or in any other way, is made in circumstances where such offer is available to all
holders of Shares or all holders of Shares other than any holder of Shares who is the person
making such offer (or any Affiliate of such person or Related Person with respect to such person)
or who is excluded from the offer by reason of being connected with one or more specific
jurisdictions and, such offer having become or been declared unconditional in all respects, the
Issuer becomes aware that the right to cast more than 50 per cent of the votes which may
ordinarily be cast at a general meeting of holders of Shares has or will become beneficially
owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the Exchange Act)) by the offer or and/or its Affiliates or Related Persons (the Relevant Person)
or an event occurs which has a like or similar effect (such event being a Change of Control)
provided that a Change of Control shall be deemed not to have occurred if all or substantially
all of the shareholders of the Relevant Person are, or immediately prior to the event which would
otherwise have constituted a Change of Control were, the shareholders of the Issuer with the same
pro rata interests in the share capital of the Relevant Person as such shareholders have, or as
the case may be, had, in the share capital of the Issuer,
where for the purposes of this Condition 7(4)(i) only:
shareholders means any shareholders along with any persons acting as a group for purposes
of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision thereto, along with any
Affiliates or Related Persons;
Affiliate of any person means any other person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control of such person;
control means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or
indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and
controlling and controlled have correlative meanings;
32
Related Person of any person means any other person owning 5 per cent or more of the
outstanding capital stock or other equity interest or combined voting power of such person; and
(ii) on the date (the Relevant Announcement Date) that is the earlier of (x) the date of the first
public announcement of the relevant Change of Control and (y) the date of the earliest Relevant
Potential Change of Control Announcement (if any), the Notes carry from any of Fitch Ratings Ltd.
(Fitch), Moodys Investors Service Limited (Moodys) or Standard & Poors Rating Services, a
division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (S&P) or any of their respective successors or any
other rating agency (each a Substitute Rating Agency) of international standing, specified by the
Issuer (each, a rating agency):
(A) an investment grade credit rating (Baa3/BBB-, or equivalent, or better), and such rating from
any rating agency is within the Change of Control Period either downgraded to a non-investment
grade credit rating (Ba1/BB+, or equivalent, or worse) or withdrawn and is not within the Change
of Control Period subsequently (in the case of a downgrade) upgraded or (in the case of a
withdrawal) reinstated to an investment grade credit rating by such rating agency; or
(B) a non-investment grade credit rating (Ba1/BB+, or equivalent, or worse), and such rating from
any rating agency is within the Change of Control Period downgraded by one or more notches (for
illustration, Ba1/BB+ to Ba2/BB being one notch) or withdrawn and
is not within the Change of Control Period subsequently (in the case of a downgrade) upgraded or
(in the case of a withdrawal) reinstated to its earlier credit rating or better by such rating
agency; or
(C) no credit rating, and no rating agency assigns within the Change of Control Period an
investment grade credit rating to the Notes,
provided that if on the Relevant Announcement Date the Notes carry a credit rating from more than
one rating agency, at least one of which is investment grade, then sub-paragraph (A) will apply;
and provided further that in making the relevant decision(s) referred to in (ii) above, the
relevant rating agency announces publicly or confirms (having been so requested in writing by the
Issuer) in writing to the Issuer that such decision(s) resulted, in whole or in part, from the
occurrence of the Change of Control.
If the rating designations employed by any of Fitch, Moodys or S&P are changed from those which
are described in paragraph (ii) of the definition of Put Event above, or if a rating is procured
from a Substitute Rating Agency, the Issuer shall determine the rating designations of Fitch,
Moodys or S&P or such Substitute Rating Agency (as appropriate) as are most equivalent to the
prior rating designations of Fitch, Moodys or S&P and this Condition 7(4) shall be read
accordingly.
For the purposes of this Condition 7(4):
Change of Control Period means the period commencing on the Relevant Announcement Date and ending
90 days after the Change of Control (or such longer period for which the Notes are under
consideration (such consideration having been announced publicly within the period ending 90 days
after the Change of Control) for rating review or, as the case may be, rating by a rating agency,
such period not to exceed 60 days after the public announcement of such consideration); and
Relevant Potential Change of Control Announcement means any public announcement or statement by the
Issuer, any actual or potential bidder or any adviser thereto relating to any potential Change of
Control where within 180 days following the date of such announcement or statement, a Change of
Control occurs.
The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the
Exchange Act of 1934 and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with
33
the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control
provisions of the Notes, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of
Control provisions of these Notes by virtue of such compliance.
(5) Purchases
The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may at any time purchase Notes in any manner and at
any price. If purchases are made by tender, tenders must be available to all Noteholders alike.
(6) Cancellations
All Notes which are (a) redeemed or (b) purchased by or on behalf of the Issuer or any of its
Subsidiaries will forthwith be cancelled, and accordingly may not be reissued or resold.
(7) Notices Final
Upon the expiry of any notice as is referred to in paragraph (2) above the Issuer shall be
bound to redeem the Notes to which the notice refers in accordance with the terms of such
paragraph.
8. PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL INTEREST
The Issuer will, subject to the exceptions and limitations set forth below, pay as additional
interest to a Noteholder that is a United States Alien (as defined below) such amounts as may be
necessary so that every net payment on such Note after deduction or withholding for or on account
of any present or future tax, assessment or other governmental charge of whatever nature imposed
upon or as a result of such payment by the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing
authority thereof or therein), will not be less than the amount provided for in such Note to be
then due and payable. However, the Issuer, as the case may be, will not be required to make any
payment of additional interest for or on account of:
(a) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for (i)
the existence of any present or former connection between such holder (or between a fiduciary,
settlor or beneficiary of, or a person holding a power over, such holder, if such holder is an
estate or a trust, or a member or shareholder of such holder, if such holder is a partnership or
corporation) and the United States, including, without limitation, such holder (or such
fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, person holding a power, member or shareholder) being or having
been a citizen or resident or treated as a resident thereof or being or having been engaged in
trade or business or present therein or having or having had a permanent establishment therein,
or (ii) the presentation by the holder of a Note for payment more than 15 days after the date on
which such payment became due and payable or on which payment thereof was duly provided for,
whichever occurs later;
(b) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or any similar tax,
assessment or other governmental charge;
(c) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for
such holders past or present status as a personal holding company, foreign personal holding
company, controlled foreign corporation, passive foreign investment company (including a
qualified election fund) or foreign private foundation or other tax exempt organization with
respect to the United States or as a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid United States
Federal income tax;
(d) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is payable otherwise than by
deduction or withholding from a payment on a Note;
34
(e) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge required to be deducted or withheld by
any Paying Agent from any payment on a Note, if such payment can be made without such deduction
or withholding by any other Paying Agent;
(f) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for the
holders failure to comply with any applicable certification, information, documentation or other
reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the
United States of the holder or beneficial owner of a Note if, without regard to any tax treaty,
such compliance is required by statute or regulation of the United States as a precondition to
relief or exemption from such tax, assessment or other governmental charge;
(g) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by reason of the holder (i) owning or having owned, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, 10 per cent or
more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Issuer entitled to vote,
(ii) receiving interest described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the United States Internal Revenue
Code or (iii) being a controlled foreign corporation with respect to the United States that is
related to the Issuer by actual or constructive stock ownership; or
(h) any combination of items (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g);
nor shall such additional interest be paid with respect to any payment on a Note to a holder that
is a fiduciary or partnership or other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent
a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or a member of such partnership or a
beneficial owner would not have been entitled to the additional interest had such beneficiary,
settlor, member or beneficial owner been the holder of such Note.
For purposes of the foregoing, the holding of or the receipt of any payment with respect to a Note
shall not constitute a connection between the holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary,
member or shareholder of, or a person having power over, such holder if such holder is an estate, a
trust, a partnership or a corporation) and the United States.
The term United States Alien means any person who, for United States Federal income tax purposes,
is a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual, a non-resident alien fiduciary of a
foreign estate or trust, or a foreign partnership one or more of the members of which is, for
United States Federal income tax purposes, a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual
or a non-resident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.
9. PRESCRIPTION
Under New Yorks statute of limitations, any legal action upon the Notes must be commenced within
six years after the payment thereof is due. Thereafter, Notes will become generally unenforceable.
10. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
An event of default (Event of Default) will occur under the Notes if:
(a) the Issuer fails to pay the principal of any of the Notes when due; or
(b) the Issuer fails to pay interest (including any additional interest referred to in Condition
8) for 30 days after the date when due; or
(c) the Issuer fails to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in the
Agency Agreement or the Notes for 30 days after written notice thereof to the Issuer and the
Fiscal Agent by the holders of at least 25 per cent in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding; or
(d) the Issuer fails to fulfil within 30 days from its due date, as extended by any
applicable grace or cure period, any payment obligation of interest or principal under any
existing Debt,
35
the aggregate principal amount of which exceeds $100,000,000, and such failure continues for
10 days after receipt of notice of such default by the Issuer, as specified in the Agency
Agreement; or
(e) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganisation with respect to the Issuer shall
have occurred.
If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any Noteholder, by written notice to
the Issuer and the Fiscal Agent, may identify the applicable Event or Events of Default, declare
the principal of its Note or Notes, together with accrued interest and additional amounts, if any,
to be due and payable immediately, whereupon such amounts shall become due and payable immediately,
unless prior to the receipt of such notice by the Issuer that all such Events of Default have been
cured. Upon any such declaration being made, interest shall continue to accrue on the Note or Notes
affected by such declaration until the Notes shall be paid in full or until the seventh day after
the date upon which notice is duly given to the applicable Noteholders in accordance with Condition
12 that the principal amount of such Notes together with accrued interest and additional amounts
thereon has been duly paid in full to the Fiscal Agent (provided that sufficient funds have
actually been received and are available for such purpose), whichever is earlier.
11. REPLACEMENT OF CERTIFICATES
Should any Certificate be lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed it may be replaced at the
specified office of the Registrar, upon payment by the claimant of the expenses incurred in
connection with the replacement and on such terms as to evidence and indemnity as the Issuer may
reasonably require. Mutilated or defaced Certificates must be surrendered before replacements will
be issued.
12. NOTICES
All notices to the Noteholders will be valid if mailed to them at their respective addresses
in the register of Noteholders maintained by the Registrar and published in a leading English
language daily newspaper published in London or such other English language daily newspaper with
general circulation in Europe as the Issuer may decide and, so long as the Notes are listed on the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that Exchange so require, published in a daily newspaper
in Luxembourg or on the website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, www.bourse.lu. It is expected
that publication will normally be made in the Financial Times and the dWort. The Issuer shall also
ensure that notices are duly published in a manner which complies with the rules and regulations of
any stock exchange on which the Notes are for the time being listed. Any notice shall be deemed to
have been given on the second day after being so mailed or on the date of publication or, if so
published more than once or on different dates, on the date of the first publication, and in the
case of publication on the website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, on the date of such
publication.
13. MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS AND MODIFICATION
(1) Provisions for Meetings
The Agency Agreement contains provisions for convening meetings of the Noteholders to
consider any matter affecting their interests, including the modification by Extraordinary
Resolution of these Conditions or the provisions of the Agency Agreement. The quorum at any
meeting for passing an Extraordinary Resolution will be one or more persons present holding or
representing in aggregate more than 50 per cent, in principal amount of the Notes for the time
being outstanding, or at any adjourned meeting one or more persons present whatever the principal
amount of the Notes held or represented by him or them, except that at any meeting the business
of which includes the modification of certain of these Conditions the necessary quorum for
passing an Extraordinary Resolution will be one or more persons present
36
holding or representing in aggregate not less than one half, or at any adjourned meeting
not less than one quarter, of the principal amount of the Notes for the time being outstanding.
An Extraordinary Resolution passed at any meeting of the Noteholders will be binding on all
Noteholders, whether or not they are present at the meeting.
(2) Modification
The Fiscal Agent may agree, without the consent of the Noteholders, to any modification of
any of these Conditions or any of the provisions of the Agency Agreement either (i) for the
purpose of curing any ambiguity or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision
contained herein or therein or (ii) in any manner which is not materially prejudicial to the
interests of the Noteholders. Any modification shall be binding on the Noteholders and, unless
otherwise agreed by the Fiscal Agent (which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed), any modification shall be notified by the Issuer to the Noteholders as soon as
practicable thereafter in accordance with Condition 12.
14. FURTHER ISSUES
The Issuer may from time to time without the consent of the Noteholders create and issue
further notes, having terms and conditions the same as those of the Notes, or the same except for
the amount of the first payment of interest, which may be consolidated and form a single series
with the outstanding Notes.
15. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR TRANSFER
The Issuer may without the consent of the Noteholders, merge or consolidate with any other
corporation or dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to any other corporation, provided
that the successor corporation assumes all obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and the Agency
Agreement and certain other conditions set forth therein are met.
16. GOVERNING LAW
(1) Governing Law
The Agency Agreement and the Notes are governed by, and will be construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of New York.
(2) Jurisdiction
Any State or federal courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York shall
have non-exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate any disputes which may arise out of or in
connection with the Notes or the Agency Agreement and accordingly any legal action or proceedings
arising out of or in connection with the Notes or the Agency Agreement (Proceedings) may be
brought in such courts. The Issuer and the Paying Agents have in the Agency Agreement irrevocably
submitted to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and waived any objection which it may
now or hereafter have to Proceedings in any such courts whether on the ground of the laying of
venue or on the ground that the Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient form.
(3) Waiver of Jury Trial
The Issuer and the Paying Agents have in the Agency Agreement waived, to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding
directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to the Agency Agreement or any Note (whether
based on contract, tort or any other theory). Each of the Issuer and each of the Paying Agents,
therein (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has
represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of
37
Proceedings, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other
parties to the Agency Agreement have been induced to enter in the Agency Agreement by, among
other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this section.
(4) Waiver of Immunity
To the extent that any of the Issuer and the Paying Agents have or hereafter may acquire any
immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its
property, the Issuer and the Paying Agents have in the Agency Agreement irrevocably waived such
immunity in respect of their obligations under the Agency Agreement or under any Note.
(5) Service of Process
The Issuer has agreed in the Agency Agreement that the process by which any Proceedings in New
York City are begun may be served on it by being delivered to it at its offices at 650 Madison
Avenue, New York NY10022. If the appointment of the person appointed to receive process on behalf
of the Issuer ceases to be effective, the Issuer shall forthwith appoint a further person in the
State of New York to accept service of process on its behalf and notify the name and address of
such person to the Fiscal Agent and, failing such appointment within 15 days, the Fiscal Agent
shall be entitled to appoint such a person by written notice addressed and delivered to the
Issuer.
38
SCHEDULE 3
PROVISIONS FOR MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS
DEFINITIONS
1. |
|
As used in this Schedule the following expressions shall have the following meanings unless
the context otherwise requires: |
|
|
|
Block Voting Instruction means, in relation to any meeting, an English language document
issued by a Paying Agent in which: |
|
(a) |
|
it is certified that on the date thereof Notes represented by the Global
Certificate or Certificates which are held in an account with any Clearing System (in
each case not being Notes in respect of which a Voting Certificate has been issued and
is outstanding in respect of the meeting specified in such Block Voting Instruction)
are blocked in an account with a Clearing System and that no such Notes will cease to
be so blocked until the first to occur of: |
|
(i) |
|
the conclusion of the meeting specified in such Block Voting
Instruction; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the Notes ceasing with the agreement of the Paying Agent to be
so blocked and the giving of notice by the Paying Agent to the Issuer in
accordance with paragraph 3(E) of the necessary amendment to the Block Voting
Instruction; |
|
(b) |
|
it is certified that each holder of such Notes has instructed such Paying Agent
that the vote(s) attributable to the Notes so blocked should be cast in a particular
way in relation to the resolution(s) to be put to such meeting and that all such
instructions are, during the period commencing 48 Hours prior to the time for which
such meeting is convened and ending at the conclusion or adjournment thereof, neither
revocable nor capable of amendment; |
|
|
(c) |
|
the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so deposited or held or blocked is
listed distinguishing with regard to each such resolution between those in respect of
which instructions have been given that the votes attributable thereto should be cast
in favour of the resolution and those in respect of which instructions have been so
given that the votes attributable thereto should be cast against the resolution; and |
|
|
(d) |
|
one or more persons named in such Block Voting Instruction (each hereinafter
called a proxy) is or are authorised and instructed by such Paying Agent to cast the
votes attributable to the Notes so listed in accordance with the instructions referred
to in (c) above as set out in such Block Voting Instruction; |
Certificate means, for the purpose of this Annex 3, a Note in definitive form;
Chairman means, in relation to any meeting, the individual who takes the chair in
accordance with paragraph 6;
Clearing System means Euroclear and/or Clearstream, Luxembourg and includes in respect of
any Note any clearing system on behalf of which such Note is held or which is the holder or
(directly or through a nominee) registered owner of a Note, in either case whether alone or
jointly with any other Clearing System(s).
39
Eligible Person means any one of the following persons who shall be entitled to attend and vote at
a meeting:
(a) |
|
a holder of a Certificate which is not held in an account with any Clearing System; |
|
(b) |
|
a bearer of any Voting Certificate; |
|
(c) |
|
a proxy specified in any Block Voting Instruction; and |
|
(d) |
|
a proxy appointed by a holder of a Certificate which is not held in an account with any
Clearing System; |
Extraordinary Resolution means:
(a) |
|
a resolution passed at a meeting duly convened and held in accordance with these presents by
a majority consisting of not less than three-fourths of the Eligible Persons voting thereat
upon a show of hands or, if a poll is duly demanded, by a majority consisting of not less than
three-fourths of the votes cast on such poll; or |
(b) |
|
a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of the holders of not less than three fourths
in principal amount of the Notes which resolution may be contained in one document or in
several documents in like form each signed by or on behalf of one or more of the holders; |
Identified Person means, in relation to paragraph 3(A) of this Annex 3, a person named to collect
the Voting Certificate and attend and vote at the meeting;
Ordinary Resolution means:
(a) |
|
a resolution passed at a meeting duly convened and held in accordance with these presents by
a clear majority of the Eligible Persons voting thereat on a show of hands or, if a poll is
duly demanded, by a simple majority of the votes cast on such poll; or |
(b) |
|
a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of the holders of not less than a clear
majority in principal amount of the Notes, which resolution may be contained in one document
or in several documents in like form each signed by or on behalf of one or more of the
holders; |
Voting Certificate means, in relation to a meeting, an English language certificate issued by a
Paying Agent in which it is stated:
(a) |
|
that on the date thereof Notes represented by the Global Certificate or Certificates which
are held in an account with any Clearing System (in each case not being Notes in respect of
which a Block Voting Instruction has been issued and is outstanding in respect of the meeting
specified in such Voting Certificate) are blocked in an account with a Clearing System and
that no such Notes will cease to be so blocked until the first to occur of: |
|
(i) |
|
the conclusion of the meeting specified in such Voting Certificate; and |
|
|
(ii) |
|
the surrender of the Voting Certificate to the Paying Agent who issued
the same; and |
40
|
(b) |
|
that the bearer thereof is entitled to attend and vote at such meeting
in respect of the Notes represented by such Voting Certificate; |
24 Hours means a period of 24 hours including all or part of a day upon which banks are
open for business in both the place where the relevant meeting is to be held and in each
of the places where the Paying Agents have their specified offices (disregarding for this
purpose the day upon which such meeting is to be held) and such period shall be extended
by one period or, to the extent necessary, more periods of 24 hours until there is
included as aforesaid all or part of a day upon which banks are open for business in all
of the places as aforesaid; and
48 Hours means a period of 48 hours including all or part of two days upon which banks are
open for business both in the place where the relevant meeting is to be held and in each
of the places where the Paying Agents have their specified offices (disregarding for this
purpose the day upon which such meeting is to be held) and such period shall be extended
by one period or, to the extent necessary, more periods of 24 hours until there is
included as aforesaid all or part of two days upon which banks are open for business in
all of the places as aforesaid.
For the purposes of calculating a period of Clear Days in relation to a meeting, no
account shall be taken of the day on which the notice of such meeting is given (or, in the
case of an adjourned meeting, the day on which the meeting to be adjourned is held) or the
day on which such meeting is held.
All references in this Schedule to a meeting shall, where the context so permits, include
any relevant adjourned meeting.
EVIDENCE OF ENTITLEMENT TO ATTEND AND VOTE
2. |
|
A holder of a Note represented by the Global Certificate or a Certificate which is held in an
account with any Clearing System may require the issue by a Paying Agent of Voting
Certificates and Block Voting Instructions in accordance with the terms of paragraph 3. |
|
|
|
For the purposes of paragraph 3, the Registrar, Fiscal Agent and each Paying Agent shall be
entitled to rely, without further enquiry, on any information or instructions received from
a Clearing System and shall have no liability to any holder or other person for any loss,
damage, cost, claim or other liability occasioned by its acting in reliance thereon, nor
for any failure by a Clearing System to deliver information or instructions to the
Registrar, Fiscal Agent or any Paying Agent. |
|
|
|
The holder of any Voting Certificate or the proxies named in any Block Voting Instruction
shall for all purposes in connection with the relevant meeting be deemed to be the holder
of the Notes to which such Voting Certificate or Block Voting Instruction relates. |
PROCEDURE FOR ISSUE OF VOTING CERTIFICATES, BLOCK VOTING INSTRUCTIONS
AND PROXIES
3. |
(A) |
|
Global Certificate and Certificates held in a Clearing System Voting Certificate |
|
|
|
|
A holder of a Note (not being a Note in respect of which instructions have been
given to the Principal Paying Agent in accordance with paragraph 3(B)) represented
by the Global Certificate or which is in definitive form and is held in an account
with any Clearing System may procure the delivery of a Voting Certificate in
respect of such Note by giving notice to the Clearing System through which such
holders interest in the Note is held specifying an Identified Person (which need
not be the holder |
41
|
|
|
himself. The relevant Voting Certificate will be made available at or shortly prior to the
commencement of the meeting by the Fiscal Agent against presentation by such Identified
Person of the form of identification previously notified by such holder to the Clearing
System. The Clearing System may prescribe forms of identification (including, without
limitation, a passport or driving licence) which it deems appropriate for these purposes.
Subject to receipt by the Fiscal Agent from the Clearing System, no later than 24 Hours
prior to the time for which such meeting is convened, of notification of the principal
amount of the Notes to be represented by any such Voting Certificate and the form of
identification against presentation of which such Voting Certificate should be released,
the Principal Paying Agent shall, without any obligation to make further enquiry, make
available Voting Certificates against presentation of the form of identification
corresponding to that notified. |
|
|
(B) |
|
Global Certificate and Certificates held in a Clearing System Block Voting
Instruction |
|
|
|
|
A holder of a Note (not being a Note in respect of which a Voting Certificate has
been issued) represented by the Global Certificate or which is in definitive form and is
held in an account with any Clearing System may require the Fiscal Agent to issue a Block
Voting Instruction in respect of such Note by first instructing the Clearing System
through which such holders interest in the Note is held to procure that the votes
attributable to such Note should be cast at the meeting in a particular way in relation to
the resolution or resolutions to be put to the meeting. Any such instruction shall be
given in accordance with the rules of the Clearing System then in effect. Subject to
receipt by the Fiscal Agent of instructions from the Clearing System, no later than 24
Hours prior to the time for which such meeting is convened, of notification of the
principal amount of the Notes in respect of which instructions have been given and the
manner in which the votes attributable to such Notes should be cast, the Fiscal Agent
shall, without any obligation to make further enquiry, appoint a proxy to attend the
meeting and cast votes in accordance with such instructions. |
|
|
(C) |
|
Definitive Certificates not held in a Clearing System appointment of proxy |
|
(i) |
|
A holder of Notes in definitive form and not held in an account with any Clearing
System may, by an instrument in writing in the English language (a form of proxy)
signed by the holder or, in the case of a corporation, executed under its common seal
or signed on its behalf by an attorney or a duly authorised officer of the
corporation and delivered to the specified office of the Registrar or the Transfer
Agent not less than 48 Hours before the time fixed for the relevant meeting, appoint
any person (a proxy) to act on his or its behalf in connection with any meeting. |
|
|
(ii) |
|
Any proxy appointed pursuant to subparagraph (i) above shall so long as such
appointment remains in force be deemed, for all purposes in connection with the
relevant meeting, to be the holder of the Notes to which such appointment relates and
the holders of the Notes shall be deemed for such purposes not to be the holder. |
|
(D) |
|
Each Block Voting Instruction, and each form of proxy shall be deposited by the relevant
Paying Agent or (as the case may be) by the Registrar or the Transfer Agent at such place as
the Fiscal Agent shall approve not less than 24 Hours before the time appointed for holding
the meeting at which the proxy or proxies named in the Block Voting Instruction or form of
proxy proposes to vote, and in default the Block Voting |
42
|
|
|
Instruction or form of proxy shall not be treated as valid unless the Chairman of
the meeting decides otherwise before such meeting proceeds to business. A
notarially certified copy of each Block Voting Instruction and form of proxy shall
(if so requested by the Issuer) be deposited with the Issuer before the
commencement of the meeting but the Issuer shall not thereby be obliged to
investigate or be concerned with the validity of or the authority of the proxy or
proxies named in any such Block Voting Instruction or form of proxy. |
|
|
(E) |
|
Any vote given in accordance with the terms of a Block Voting Instruction or
form of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous revocation or amendment of
the Block Voting Instruction or form of proxy or of any of the instructions of the
relevant holder or the relevant Clearing System (as the case may be) pursuant to which
it was executed provided that no intimation in writing of such revocation or amendment
has been received from the relevant Paying Agent (in the case of a Block Voting
Instruction) or from the holder thereof (in the case of a proxy appointed pursuant to
paragraph 3(C)) by the Issuer at its registered office (or such other place as may
have been required or approved by the Fiscal Agent for the purpose) by the time being
24 Hours (in the case of a Block Voting Instruction) or 48 Hours (in the case of a
proxy) before the time appointed for holding the meeting at which the Block Voting
Instruction or form of proxy is to be used. |
CONVENING OF MEETINGS, QUORUM AND ADJOURNED MEETINGS
4. |
|
The Issuer may at any time, and the Issuer shall upon a requisition in writing in the English
language signed by the holders of not less than ten per cent, in principal amount of the Notes
for the time being outstanding, convene a meeting and if the Issuer makes default for a period
of seven days in convening such a meeting the same may be convened by the relevant
Noteholders. Whenever the Issuer is about to convene any such meeting the Issuer shall
forthwith give notice in writing to the Fiscal Agent of the day, time and place thereof and of
the nature of the business to be transacted thereat. Every such meeting shall be held at such
time and place as the Fiscal Agent may appoint or approve in writing. |
5. |
|
At least 21 Clear Days notice specifying the place, day and hour of meeting shall be given
to the holders prior to any meeting in the manner provided by Condition 12. Such notice, which
shall be in the English language, shall state generally the nature of the business to be
transacted at the meeting thereby convened and, in the case of an Extraordinary Resolution,
shall either specify in such notice the terms of such resolution or state fully the effect on
the holders of such resolution, if passed. Such notice shall include statements as to the
manner in which holders may arrange for Voting Certificates or Block Voting Instructions to be
issued and, if applicable, appoint proxies. A copy of the notice shall be sent by post to the
Issuer (unless the meeting is convened by the Issuer). |
6. |
|
A person (who may but need not be a holder) nominated in writing by the Issuer shall be
entitled to take the chair at the relevant meeting, but if no such nomination is made or if at
any meeting the person nominated shall not be present within 15 minutes after the time
appointed for holding the meeting the holders present shall choose one of their number to be
Chairman, failing which the Issuer may appoint a Chairman. The Chairman of an adjourned
meeting need not be the same person as was Chairman of the meeting from which the adjournment
took place. |
7. |
|
At any such meeting one or more Eligible Persons present and holding or representing in the
aggregate not less than one-twentieth of the principal amount of the Notes for the time being
outstanding shall (except for the purpose of passing an Extraordinary Resolution) form a |
43
|
|
quorum for the transaction of business (including the passing of an Ordinary Resolution)
and no business (other than the choosing of a Chairman) shall be transacted at any meeting
unless the requisite quorum be present at the commencement of the relevant business. The
quorum at any such meeting for passing an Extraordinary Resolution shall (subject as
provided below) be one or more Eligible Persons present and holding or representing in the
aggregate more than 50 per cent, in principal amount of the Notes for the time being
outstanding PROVIDED THAT at any meeting the business of which includes any of the
following matters (each of which shall only be capable of being effected after having been
approved by Extraordinary Resolution) namely: |
|
(a) |
|
modification of the maturity date of the Notes or reduction or cancellation
of the principal amount payable at maturity; or |
|
|
(b) |
|
reduction or cancellation of the amount payable or modification of the
payment date in respect of any interest in respect of the Notes or variation of the
method of calculating the rate of interest in respect of the Notes; or |
|
|
(c) |
|
modification of the currency in which payments under the Notes are to be made; or |
|
|
(d) |
|
modification of the majority required to pass an Extraordinary Resolution; or
|
|
|
(e) |
|
the sanctioning of any scheme or proposal described in subparagraph 19(f); or
|
|
|
(f) |
|
alteration of this proviso or the proviso to paragraph 8 below, |
|
|
the quorum shall be one or more Eligible Persons present and holding or representing in the
aggregate not less than two-thirds of the principal amount of the Notes for the time being
outstanding. |
8. |
|
If within 15 minutes (or such longer period not exceeding 30 minutes as the Chairman may
decide) after the time appointed for any such meeting a quorum is not present for the
transaction of any particular business, then, subject and without prejudice to the transaction
of the business (if any) for which a quorum is present, the meeting shall if convened upon the
requisition of holders be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same
day in the next week (or if such day is a public holiday the next succeeding business day) at
the same time and place (except in the case of a meeting at which an Extraordinary Resolution
is to be proposed in which case it shall stand adjourned for such period, being not less than
13 Clear Days nor more than 42 Clear Days, and to such place as may be appointed by the
Chairman either at or subsequent to such meeting and approved by the Fiscal Agent). If within
15 minutes (or such longer period not exceeding 30 minutes as the Chairman may decide) after
the time appointed for any adjourned meeting a quorum is not present for the transaction of
any particular business, then, subject and without prejudice to the transaction of the
business (if any) for which a quorum is present, the Chairman may either (with the approval of
the Fiscal Agent) dissolve such meeting or adjourn the same for such period, being not less
than 13 Clear Days (but without any maximum number of Clear Days), and to such place as may be
appointed by the Chairman either at or subsequent to such adjourned meeting and approved by
the Fiscal Agent, and the provisions of this sentence shall apply to all further adjourned
such meetings. |
9. |
|
At any adjourned meeting one or more Eligible Persons present (whatever the principal amount
of the Notes so held or represented by them) shall (subject as provided below) form a quorum
and shall have power to pass any resolution and to decide upon all matters which could
properly have been dealt with at the meeting from which the adjournment took place |
44
|
|
had the requisite quorum been present PROVIDED THAT at any adjourned meeting the quorum for
the transaction of business comprising any of the matters specified in the proviso to
paragraph 7 shall be one or more Eligible Persons present and holding or representing in
the aggregate not less than one-third of the principal amount of the Notes for the time
being outstanding. |
10. |
|
Notice of any adjourned meeting at which an Extraordinary Resolution is to be submitted shall
be given in the same manner as notice of an original meeting but as if 10 were substituted for
21 in paragraph 5 and such notice shall state the required quorum. Subject as aforesaid it
shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting. |
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS AT MEETINGS
11. |
|
Every question submitted to a meeting shall be decided in the first instance by a show of
hands. A poll may be demanded (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of
hands) by the Chairman, the Issuer or any Eligible Person (whatever the amount of the Notes so
held or represented by him). |
12. |
|
At any meeting, unless a poll is duly demanded, a declaration by the Chairman that a
resolution has been carried or carried by a particular majority or lost or not carried by a
particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or
proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution. |
13. |
|
Subject to paragraph 15, if at any such meeting a poll is so demanded it shall be taken in
such manner and, subject as hereinafter provided, either at once or after an adjournment as
the Chairman directs and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the
meeting at which the poll was demanded as at the date of the taking of the poll. The demand
for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of the meeting for the transaction of any
business other than the motion on which the poll has been demanded. |
14. |
|
The Chairman may, with the consent of (and shall if directed by) any such meeting, adjourn
the same from time to time and from place to place; but no business shall be transacted at any
adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting
from which the adjournment took place. |
15. |
|
Any poll demanded at any such meeting on the election of a Chairman or on any question of
adjournment shall be taken at the meeting without adjournment. |
16. |
|
Any director or officer of the Issuer, its lawyers and financial advisors, any director or
officer of any of the Paying Agents and any other person authorised so to do by the Fiscal
Agent may attend and speak at any meeting. Save as aforesaid, no person shall be entitled to
attend and speak nor shall any person be entitled to vote at any meeting unless he is an
Eligible Person. No person shall be entitled to vote at any meeting in respect of Notes which
are deemed to be not outstanding by virtue of the proviso to the definition of outstanding
in clause 2.1 of the Agency Agreement. |
|
(a) |
|
on a show of hands every Eligible Person present shall have one vote; and |
|
|
(b) |
|
on a poll every Eligible Person present shall have one vote in respect of each
EUR 1.00 in principal amount of the Notes held or represented by such Eligible Person. |
45
|
|
Without prejudice to the obligations of the proxies named in any Block Voting Instruction
or form of proxy, any Eligible Person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his
votes or cast all the votes to which he is entitled in the same way. |
18. |
|
The proxies named in any Block Voting Instruction or form of proxy need not be holders.
Nothing herein shall prevent any of the proxies named in any Block Voting Instruction or form
of proxy from being a director, officer or representative of or otherwise connected with the
Issuer. |
|
19. |
|
A meeting shall in addition to the powers hereinbefore given have the following powers
exercisable only by Extraordinary Resolution (subject to the provisions relating to quorum
contained in paragraphs 7 and 9) namely: |
|
(a) |
|
power to approve any compromise or arrangement proposed to be made between
the Issuer and Noteholders or any of them; |
|
|
(b) |
|
power to approve any abrogation, modification, compromise or arrangement in
respect of the rights of the Noteholders against the Issuer or against any of its
property whether these rights arise under this Agreement, the Notes or otherwise; |
|
|
(c) |
|
power to agree to any modification of the provisions contained in this
Agreement or the Conditions, the Notes which is proposed by the Issuer; |
|
|
(d) |
|
power to give any authority or approval which under the provisions of this
Schedule or the Notes is required to given by Extraordinary Resolution; |
|
|
(e) |
|
power to appoint any persons (whether Noteholders or not) as a committee or
committees to represent the interests of the Noteholders and to confer upon any
committee or committees any powers or discretions which the Noteholders could
themselves exercise Extraordinary Resolution; |
|
|
(f) |
|
power to approve any scheme or proposal for the exchange or sale of the Notes
for, or the conversion of the Notes into, or the cancellation of the Notes in
consideration of, shares, stock, notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock and/or
other obligations and/or securities of Issuer or any other company formed or to be
formed, or for or into or in consideration of cash, or partly for or into or in
consideration of shares, stock, notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock and/or other
obligations and/or securities as stated above and partly for or into or in
consideration of cash; and |
|
|
(g) |
|
power to approve the substitution of any entity in place of the Issuer (or
any previous substitute) as the principal debtor in respect of the Notes. |
20. |
|
Any resolution passed at a meeting of the holders duly convened and held in accordance with
these presents shall be binding upon all the holders whether or not present or whether or not
represented at such meeting and whether or not voting and each of them shall be bound to give
effect thereto accordingly and the passing of any such resolution shall be conclusive evidence
that the circumstances justify the passing thereof. Notice of the result of the voting on any
resolution duly considered by the holders shall be published in accordance with Condition 12
by the Issuer within 14 days of such result being known, PROVIDED THAT the non-publication of
such notice shall not invalidate such result. |
21. |
|
Minutes of all resolutions and proceedings at every meeting shall be made and entered in
books to be from time to time provided for that purpose by the Issuer and any such minutes as |
46
|
|
aforesaid, if purporting to be signed by the Chairman of the meeting at which such
resolutions were passed or proceedings transacted, shall be conclusive evidence of the
matters therein contained and, until the contrary is proved, every such meeting in respect
of the proceedings of which minutes have been made shall be deemed to have been duly held
and convened and all resolutions passed or proceedings transacted thereat to have been duly
passed or transacted. |
22. |
|
Subject to all other provisions of these presents the Fiscal Agent may (after consultation
with the Issuer where the Fiscal Agent considers such consultation to be practicable but
without the consent of the Issuer, or the holders) prescribe such further or alternative
regulations regarding the requisitioning and/or the holding of meetings and attendance and
voting thereat as the Fiscal Agent may in its sole discretion reasonably think fit (including,
without limitation, the substitution for periods of 24 hours and 48 hours referred to in this
Schedule of shorter periods). Such regulations may, without prejudice to the generality of the
foregoing, reflect the practices and facilities of any relevant Clearing System. Notice of any
such further or alternative regulations may, at the sole discretion of the Fiscal Agent, be
given to holders in accordance with Condition 12 at the time of service of any notice
convening a meeting or at such other time as the Fiscal Agent may decide. |
47
SCHEDULE 4
REGISTRATION AND TRANSFER OF NOTES
1. |
|
Each Note shall have an identifying serial number which shall be entered on the Register. |
|
2. |
|
The Notes are transferable in integral multiples of EUR 50,000 or in integral multiples of
EUR 1,000 in excess thereof each by execution of the form of transfer endorsed thereon under
the hand of the transferor or, where the transferor is a corporation, under its common seal or
under the hand of two of its officers duly authorised in writing. In this Schedule 5,
transferor shall, where the context permits or requires, include joint transferors and be
construed accordingly. |
|
3. |
|
The Notes to be transferred must be delivered for registration to the specified office of the
Transfer Agent with the form of transfer endorsed on the Notes duly completed and executed and
must be accompanied by the documents, evidence and information required pursuant to the
Conditions and such other evidence as the Issuer may reasonably require to prove the title of
the transferor or his right to transfer the Notes and, if the form of transfer is executed by
some other person on his behalf or in the case of the execution of a form of transfer on
behalf of a corporation by its officers, the authority of that person or those persons to do
so. |
|
4. |
|
The executors or administrators of a deceased holder of Notes (not being one of several joint
holders) and in the case of the death of one or more of several joint holders the survivor of
the joint holders shall be the only person or persons recognised by the Issuer as having any
title to the Notes. |
|
5. |
|
Any person becoming entitled to Notes in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder
of such Notes may upon producing such evidence that he holds the position in respect of which
he proposes to act under this paragraph or of his title as the Issuer shall reasonably require
be registered himself as the holder of such Notes or, subject to the preceding paragraphs as
to transfer, may transfer such Notes. The Issuer shall be at liberty to retain any amount
payable upon the Notes to which any person is so entitled until the person shall be registered
as provided above or shall duly transfer the Notes. |
|
6. |
|
Unless otherwise requested by him and agreed by the Issuer, the holder of Notes shall be
entitled to receive only one Note in respect of his entire holding. |
|
7. |
|
The joint holders of Notes shall be entitled to one Note only in respect of their joint
holding which shall, except where they otherwise direct, be delivered to the joint holder
whose name appears first in the register of the holders of Notes in respect of the joint
holding. |
|
8. |
|
Where a holder of Notes has transferred part only of his holding there shall be delivered to
him without charge a Note in respect of the balance of the holding. |
|
9. |
|
The Issuer shall make no charge to the holders for the registration of any holding of Notes
or any transfer thereof or for the issue thereof or for the delivery of Notes at the specified
office of the Transfer Agent or by mail to the address specified by the Noteholder. If any
Noteholder entitled to receive a Note wishes to have the same delivered to him otherwise than
at the specified office of the Transfer Agent, the delivery shall be made, upon his written
request to the Transfer Agent, at his risk and (except where sent by mail to the address
specified by the Noteholder) at his expense. |
48
10. |
|
The registered holder of a Note may (to the fullest extent permitted by all
applicable laws) be treated at all times, by all persons and for all purposes as the
absolute owner of such Note notwithstanding any notice any person may have of the right,
title, interest or claim of any other person. The Issuer shall not be bound to see to the
execution of any trust to which any Note may be subject and no notice of any trust shall be
entered on the register. The holder of a Note will be recognised by the Issuer as entitled
to his Note free from any equity, set-off or counterclaim on the part of the Issuer against
the original or any intermediate holder of the Note. |
49
SCHEDULE 5
FORM OF PUT NOTICE
FORM OF PUT NOTICE
POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
EUR 300,000,000 4.50 per cent. Notes due 2013
By depositing this duly completed Notice with any Paying Agent for the above Notes (the Notes) the
undersigned holder of the Notes surrendered with this Notice and referred to below irrevocably
exercises its option to have the nominal amount of the respective Notes redeemed in accordance with
Condition 7(4) as the Put Date (as defined in Condition 7(4) of the Notes).
This Notice relates to Notes in the aggregate nominal amount of bearing the following serial
numbers:
Payment Instructions
Please make payment in respect of the above-mentioned Notes by [cheque posted to the below
address/transfer to the following bank account]1:
|
|
|
[Bank:
|
|
Branch Address: |
Branch Code:
|
|
Account Number: |
/Address: |
|
|
Cheque made to payable to
|
|
]1 |
Signature of holder: |
|
|
[To be completed by recipient Paying Agent]
Details of missing unmatured Coupons
Received by:
[Signature and stamp of Paying Agent]
At its office at: On:
Notes:-
N.B. |
|
The Paying Agent with whom the above-mentioned Notes are deposited will not in any
circumstances be liable to the depositing Noteholder or any other person for any loss or
damage arising from any act, default or omission of such Paying Agent in relation to the said
Notes or any of them unless such loss or damage was caused by the fraud or negligence of such
Paying Agent or its directors, officers or employees. |
This Put Notice is not valid unless all of the paragraphs requiring completion are duly completed.
Once validly given this Put Notice is irrevocable.
50
SIGNATORIES
POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
By: T. TRAVIS
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH
By: C. RAKESTROW A. GARVEY
DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.
By: S. HARDING S. CLERKIN
51
EX-10.2
EXECUTION COPY
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of
November 28, 2006
among
POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION,
as Borrower,
The Lenders Party Hereto
and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
THE BANK OF NEW YORK, CITIBANK, N.A.,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. and WACHOVIA BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Syndication Agents
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES
INC., as Co-Agents
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,
as Sole Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
ARTICLE I Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms |
|
|
1 |
|
SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings |
|
|
20 |
|
SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally |
|
|
20 |
|
SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP |
|
|
20 |
|
SECTION 1.05. Exchange Rates |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II The Credits |
|
|
21 |
|
SECTION 2.01. Commitments |
|
|
21 |
|
SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings |
|
|
22 |
|
SECTION 2.03. Requests for Borrowings |
|
|
22 |
|
SECTION 2.04. Letters of Credit |
|
|
23 |
|
SECTION 2.05. Funding of Borrowings |
|
|
29 |
|
SECTION 2.06. Interest Elections |
|
|
30 |
|
SECTION 2.07. Termination and Reduction of Commitments |
|
|
31 |
|
SECTION 2.08. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt |
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 2.09. Prepayment of Loans |
|
|
32 |
|
SECTION 2.10. Fees |
|
|
33 |
|
SECTION 2.11. Interest |
|
|
34 |
|
SECTION 2.12. Alternate Rate of Interest |
|
|
35 |
|
SECTION 2.13. Increased Costs |
|
|
35 |
|
SECTION 2.14. Break Funding Payments |
|
|
36 |
|
SECTION 2.15. Taxes |
|
|
37 |
|
SECTION 2.16. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs |
|
|
38 |
|
SECTION 2.17. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders |
|
|
40 |
|
SECTION 2.18. Change in Law |
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III Representations and Warranties |
|
|
41 |
|
SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers |
|
|
41 |
|
SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability |
|
|
41 |
|
SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts |
|
|
41 |
|
SECTION 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change |
|
|
42 |
|
SECTION 3.05. Properties |
|
|
42 |
|
SECTION 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters |
|
|
42 |
|
SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Laws and Agreements |
|
|
43 |
|
SECTION 3.08. Investment Company Status |
|
|
43 |
|
SECTION 3.09. Taxes |
|
|
43 |
|
SECTION 3.10. ERISA |
|
|
43 |
|
SECTION 3.11. Disclosure |
|
|
43 |
|
SECTION 3.12. Subsidiary Guarantors |
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV Conditions |
|
|
44 |
|
SECTION 4.01. Effective Date |
|
|
44 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V Affirmative Covenants |
|
|
45 |
|
SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information |
|
|
45 |
|
SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events |
|
|
47 |
|
SECTION 5.03. Existence; Conduct of Business |
|
|
47 |
|
SECTION 5.04. Payment of Obligations |
|
|
48 |
|
SECTION 5.05. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance |
|
|
48 |
|
SECTION 5.06. Books and Records; Inspection Rights |
|
|
48 |
|
SECTION 5.07. Compliance with Laws |
|
|
48 |
|
SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit |
|
|
48 |
|
SECTION 5.09. Guarantee Agreement Supplement |
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI Negative Covenants |
|
|
49 |
|
SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness |
|
|
49 |
|
SECTION 6.02. Liens |
|
|
50 |
|
SECTION 6.03. Sale of Assets |
|
|
51 |
|
SECTION 6.04. Fundamental Changes |
|
|
51 |
|
SECTION 6.05. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions |
|
|
51 |
|
SECTION 6.06. Transactions with Affiliates |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 6.07. Consolidated Leverage Ratio |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII Events of Default |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII The Administrative Agent |
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous |
|
|
58 |
|
SECTION 9.01. Notices |
|
|
58 |
|
SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments |
|
|
59 |
|
SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver |
|
|
60 |
|
SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns |
|
|
61 |
|
SECTION 9.05. Survival |
|
|
62 |
|
SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness |
|
|
62 |
|
SECTION 9.07. Severability |
|
|
62 |
|
SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff |
|
|
62 |
|
SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process |
|
|
62 |
|
SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL |
|
|
62 |
|
SECTION 9.11. Headings |
|
|
62 |
|
SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality |
|
|
62 |
|
SECTION 9.13. Satisfaction in Dollars |
|
|
62 |
|
SECTION 9.14. Waivers and Agreements Under Existing Credit Agreement |
|
|
62 |
|
SCHEDULES:
Schedule 2.01 Commitments
Schedule 2.04 Existing Letters of Credit
ii
Schedule 3.12 Guarantor Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.01 Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02 Existing Liens
Schedule 6.05 Existing Investments
EXHIBITS:
Exhibit A Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit B-1 Form of Opinion of Borrowers Counsel
Exhibit B-2 Form of Opinion of Borrowers Corporate Counsel
Exhibit C Form of Guarantee Agreement
Exhibit D-1 Form of New Lender Supplement
Exhibit D-2 Form of Commitment Increase Supplement
iii
CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 28, 2006, among POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION, the
LENDERS party hereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
The parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms.
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:
ABR, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan,
or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to
the Alternate Base Rate.
Adjusted Debt means, for any date, all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (computed on a consolidated basis) outstanding on such date plus 800% of Consolidated
Lease Expense for the period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters ended on such date.
Adjusted LIBO Rate means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest
Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal
to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.
Administrative Agent means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as
administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.
Administrative Questionnaire means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form
supplied by the Administrative Agent.
Affiliate means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly,
or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common
Control with the Person specified.
Alternate Base Rate means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a)
the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day
plus 1/2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the
Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such
change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.
Alternative Currency means any currency that is freely available, freely
transferable and freely convertible into dollars and in which dealings in deposits are carried on
in
2
the London interbank market, provided that such currency is reasonably acceptable to the
Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank.
Alternative Currency LC Exposure means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar
Equivalent, calculated in accordance with Section 1.05, of the aggregate undrawn and unexpired
amount of all outstanding Alternative Currency Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the Dollar
Equivalent, calculated in each case using the Exchange Rate at the time the applicable LC
Disbursement is made, of the aggregate principal amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of
Alternative Currency Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed at such time.
Alternative Currency Letter of Credit means a Letter of Credit denominated in an
Alternative Currency.
Applicable Percentage means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total
Commitments represented by such Lenders Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or
expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in
effect, giving effect to any assignments.
Applicable Rate means, for any day, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, or with
respect to the commitment fees payable hereunder, or with respect to the Applicable Commercial
Letter of Credit Rate, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below (expressed
in basis points) under the caption Eurodollar Spread or Commitment Fee Rate or Applicable
Commercial Letter of Credit Rate, as the case may be, based upon the ratings by Moodys and S&P,
respectively, applicable on such date to the Index Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applicable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial |
|
|
|
|
Eurodollar |
|
Commitment |
|
Letter of |
|
|
Index Debt Ratings |
|
Spread |
|
Fee Rate |
|
Credit Rate |
Level I |
|
³ A by S&P or A2 by Moodys |
|
20.00 |
|
6.00 |
|
10.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level II |
|
A- by S&P or A3 by Moodys |
|
25.00 |
|
7.00 |
|
12.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level III |
|
BBB+ by S&P or Baa1 by Moodys |
|
35.00 |
|
8.00 |
|
17.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level IV |
|
BBB by S&P or Baa2 by Moodys |
|
45.00 |
|
10.00 |
|
22.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level V |
|
£
BBB- by S&P or Baa3 by Moodys |
|
60.00 |
|
12.50 |
|
30.00 |
For purposes of the foregoing, (i) if both Moodys and S&P shall not have in effect a rating
for the Index Debt (other than by reason of the circumstances referred to in the
3
next-to-last
sentence of this definition), then such rating agency shall be deemed to have established a rating
for the Index Debt in Level V; (ii) if the ratings established or deemed to have been established
by Moodys and S&P for the Index Debt shall fall within different Levels, the Applicable Rate shall
be based on the higher of the two ratings unless one of the two ratings is two or more Levels lower
than the other, in which case the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the Level
next below that of the higher of the two ratings; and (iii) if the ratings established or deemed to
have been established by Moodys and S&P for the Index Debt shall be changed (other than as a
result of a change in the rating system of Moodys or S&P), such change shall be effective as of
the date on which it is first announced by the applicable rating agency, irrespective of when
notice of such change shall have been furnished by the Borrower to the Agent and the Lenders
pursuant to Section 5.01 or otherwise. Each change in the Applicable Rate shall apply during the
period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding
the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of Moodys or S&P shall change,
or if both such rating agencies shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt
obligations, the Borrower and the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to
reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agencies, and,
pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rate shall be determined by
reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation. If either (but
not both) of Moodys and S&P shall cease to have in effect a rating (whether as a result of such
agency ceasing to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations or otherwise), the
applicable rate shall be determined by reference to the rating of the other rating agency.
Approved Fund has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.
Assignment and Assumption means an assignment and assumption entered into by a
Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04),
and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by
the Administrative Agent.
Availability Period means the period from and including the Effective Date to but
excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.
Available Commitment means, as to any Lender at any date of determination, an amount
in dollars equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of such Lenders Commitment in effect on
such date over (b) the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender on such date.
Board means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United
States of America.
Borrower means Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
Borrowing means Revolving Loans of the same Type made, converted or continued on the
same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.
Borrowing Request means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with
Section 2.03.
4
Business Day means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed;
provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term Business
Day shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in
the London interbank market.
Capital Lease Obligations of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay
rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or
personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and, for the purposes
of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount
thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.
Change in Law means (a) the adoption of any law, rule, treaty or regulation after
the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule, treaty or regulation or in the
interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this
Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or any Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.13(b),
by any office of such Lender from or at which Loans and/or Letters of Credit are made or issued, or
are booked, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) with any request,
guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made
or issued after the date of this Agreement.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Commercial Letter of Credit means a commercial documentary letter of credit issued
by an Issuing Bank for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the purchase of
goods in the ordinary course of business.
Commitment means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make
Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an
amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lenders Revolving Credit Exposure
hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.07, (b)
reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to
Section 9.04 or (c) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.01(b). The initial amount of
each Lenders Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, in the New Lender Supplement pursuant to
which such Lender shall become a party hereto or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which
such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the
Lenders Commitments is $450,000,000.
Commitment Increase Supplement means a supplement to this Agreement substantially in
the form of Exhibit D-2.
Consolidated EBITDAR means, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period
plus, without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of
such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) income tax expense, (b) interest
expense, amortization or writeoff of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Loans), (c)
depreciation and amortization expense, (d) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited
to, goodwill) and organization costs, (e) any extraordinary or non-recurring non-cash expenses or
losses (including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such
Consolidated Net Income for such period, non-cash losses on sales of assets outside of the ordinary
course of business and including non-cash charges arising from the application of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 142) and (f) Consolidated Lease Expense and minus, (x)
to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of
(i) interest income, (ii) any extraordinary or non-recurring non-cash income or gains (including,
whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net
Income for such period, gains on the sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business)
and (iii) income tax credits (to the extent not netted from income tax expense) and (y) any cash
payments made during such period in respect of items described in clause (e) above subsequent to
the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expenses or losses were reflected as a charge in
the statement of Consolidated Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis.
For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDAR for any period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters (each, a Reference Period) pursuant to any determination of the Consolidated
Leverage Ratio, (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary
shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDAR for such Reference Period shall
be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDAR (if positive) attributable to the
property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by
an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDAR (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference
Period, and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made a
Material Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDAR for such Reference Period shall be calculated after
giving pro forma effect thereto (taking into account (A) such cost savings as may
be determined by the Borrower in a manner consistent with the evaluation performed by the Borrower
in deciding to make such Material Acquisition, as presented to the Borrowers Board of Directors,
provided that the Borrower may take into account such cost savings only if it in good faith
determines on the date of calculation that it is reasonable to expect that such cost savings will
be implemented within 90 days following the date of such Material Acquisition (or in the case of
any calculation made subsequent to such 90th day, that such cost savings have, in fact,
been implemented) and (B) all transactions that are directly related to such Material Acquisition
and are entered into in connection and substantially contemporaneously therewith) as if such
Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period. As used in this
definition, Material Acquisition means any acquisition of property or series of related
acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes (i) assets comprising all or substantially all of a
business or operating unit of a business, (ii) all or substantially all of the common stock or
other Equity Interests of a Person or (iii) in any case where clauses (i) and (ii) above are
inapplicable, the rights of any licensee (including by means of the termination of such licensees
rights under such license) under a trademark license to such licensee from the Borrower or any of
its Affiliates (the Acquired Rights), and (b) involves the payment of consideration by
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of $50,000,000; Material Disposition means
any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property that
yields gross proceeds to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $50,000,000. In
making any calculation pursuant to this paragraph with respect to a Material Acquisition of a
Person, business or rights for which quarterly financial statements are not available, the Borrower
shall base such calculation on the financial statements of such Person, business or rights for the
then most recently completed period of twelve consecutive calendar months for which such financial
statements are available and shall deem the contribution of such Person, business or rights to
Consolidated EBITDAR for the period from the beginning of the applicable Reference Period to the
date of such Material Acquisition to be equal to the product of (x) the number of days in such
period divided by 365 multiplied by (y) the amount of Consolidated EBITDAR of such Person, business
or rights for the twelve-month period referred to above (calculated on the basis set forth in this
definition). In making any calculation pursuant to this paragraph in connection with an
acquisition of Acquired Rights to be followed by the granting of a new license of such Acquired
Rights (or any rights derivative therefrom), effect may be given to such grant of such new license
(as if it had occurred on the date of such acquisition) if, and only if, the Borrower in good faith
determines on the date of such calculation that it is reasonable to expect that such grant will be
completed within 90 days following the date of such acquisition (or in the case of any calculation
made subsequent to such 90th day, that such grant has, in fact, been completed).
Consolidated Lease Expense means, for any period, the aggregate amount of fixed and
contingent rentals payable by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period with respect to
leases of real and personal property, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;
provided that payments in respect of Capital Lease Obligations shall not constitute
Consolidated Lease Expense.
Consolidated Leverage Ratio means on the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, the ratio
of (a) Adjusted Debt on such day to (b) Consolidated EBITDAR for the period of four consecutive
Fiscal Quarters ending on such day.
Consolidated Net Income means for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss)
of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;
provided that there shall be excluded (a) the income (or deficit) of any Person accrued
prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any Person (other than a
Subsidiary of the Borrower) in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership
interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions and (c) the undistributed earnings of
any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or
similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any
Contractual Obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to
such Subsidiary.
Consolidated Net Worth means as of any date of determination thereof, the excess of
(a) the aggregate consolidated net book value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
after all appropriate adjustments in accordance with GAAP (including, without limitation, reserves
for doubtful receivables, obsolescence, depreciation and amortization) over (b) all of the
aggregate liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including all items which,
in accordance with GAAP, would be included on the liability side of the balance sheet (other
than Equity Interests, treasury stock, capital surplus and retained earnings), in each case
determined on a consolidated basis (after eliminating all inter-company items) in accordance with
GAAP; provided, however, that in calculating Consolidated Net Worth the effects of
the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 shall be disregarded.
Control means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to
exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. Controlling and Controlled
have meanings correlative thereto.
Default means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which
upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.
Disposition means with respect to any property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback,
assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms Dispose and Disposed
of shall have correlative meanings.
Dollar Equivalent means, on any date of determination, (a) with respect to any
amount hereunder denominated in an Alternative Currency for purposes of calculations with respect
to the matters referred to in Section 1.05, the amount of dollars that may be purchased with such
amount of such currency at the applicable rate of exchange determined in accordance with such
Section, (b) with respect to any calculation involving the amount of any drawing under any
Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, the amount in dollars into which the relevant amount in such
Alternative Currency would be converted based upon the relevant Exchange Rate in effect at the time
the applicable Issuing Bank makes payment under such Letter of Credit and (c) with respect to any
calculation involving the amount of any Standby Letter of Credit fee payable pursuant to Section
2.04(f)(ii) with respect to any Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, the amount in dollars into
which the relevant undrawn amount of such Alternative Currency Letter of Credit would be converted
based upon the applicable Exchange Rate in effect on the date payment of such fee is due;
provided, however, that, solely for purposes of calculating the Alternative
Currency L/C Exposure under the first clause (ii) in Section 2.04(b), the foregoing calculations
shall take into account (including with respect to the date applicable to the Exchange Rate
determination), to the extent applicable, any Swap Agreements with respect to any Alternative
Currency applicable to any Alternative Currency Letters of Credit.
dollars or $ refers to lawful money of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary means any Subsidiary organized under the laws of any
jurisdiction within the United States of America.
Effective Date means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are
satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).
Environmental Laws means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders,
decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into
by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment,
preservation or reclamation of natural resources, or to human health and safety (insofar as
such
health and safety may be adversely affected by exposure to dangerous or harmful substances or
environmental conditions), as have been, are, or in the future become, in effect.
Environmental Liability means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any
liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any
Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or
disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or
threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement
or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to
any of the foregoing.
Equity Interests means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership
interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership
interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to
purchase or acquire any such equity interest.
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from
time to time.
ERISA Affiliate means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that,
together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code
or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single
employer under Section 414 of the Code.
ERISA Event means (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or
the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day
notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an accumulated funding
deficiency (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived;
(c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application
for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the
Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to
the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC
or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to
appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA
Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or
Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the
receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice,
concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is,
or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
Eurodollar, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such
Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by
reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.
Event of Default has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.
9
Exchange Rate means, on any day, with respect to any Alternative Currency, the rate
determined by the Administrative Agent at which such Alternative Currency may be exchanged into
dollars, as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such day (or, in the case of any
calculation involving the amount of any LC Disbursement under any Alternative Currency Letter of
Credit, at the time payment thereof is made) on the applicable Reuters World Spot Page. In the
event that any such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Spot Page, the Exchange Rate shall be
determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates
reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower for such purpose
or, at the discretion of the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower, such Exchange
Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative
Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such Alternative
Currency are then being conducted, at or about 11:00 a.m., local time, on such day (or, in the case
of any calculation involving the amount of any LC Disbursement under any Alternative Currency
Letter of Credit, at the time payment thereof is made) for the purchase of the applicable
Alternative Currency for delivery two Business Days later, provided that, if at the time of
any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent
may use any other reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such
determination shall be presumed correct absent manifest error.
Excluded Taxes means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any
Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of
the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income or
gross receipts by the United States of America, or by any other Governmental Authority as a result
of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or
any other recipient of any payment to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement and the
jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing
authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the Administrative
Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by the
Borrower under this Agreement having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a
payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document), (b) any branch profits
taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction
described in clause (a) above, (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender, including any Issuing Bank that
is a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section
2.17(b)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time
such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or (i) causes pursuant to Section 2.02(b) a
new branch or an Affiliate to make any Loan, or (ii) designates a new lending office) or is
attributable to such Foreign Lenders failure to comply with Section 2.15(e), except to the extent
that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a
new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to
such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.15(a), and (d) any amounts with respect to any taxes
described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above that are imposed as a result of any event occurring after
the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to
be made by the Borrower under this Agreement becomes a party to this Agreement, other than a
Change in Law.
10
Existing Credit Agreement means the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2004
among the Borrower, the several banks and other financial institutions parties thereto and JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as heretofore amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified.
Federal Funds Effective Rate means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded
upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds
transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as
published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such
rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received
by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized national standing
selected by it, in its reasonable discretion.
Financial Officer means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer,
treasurer or controller of the Borrower.
Fiscal Quarter means with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and with
respect to any Fiscal Year, (a) each of the quarterly periods ending 13 calendar weeks, 26 calendar
weeks, 39 calendar weeks and 52 or 53 calendar weeks, as the case may be, after the end of the
prior Fiscal Year or (b) such other quarterly periods as the Borrower shall adopt after giving
prior written notice thereof to the Lenders.
Fiscal Year means with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (a) the 52- or
53-week annual period, as the case may be, ending on the Saturday nearest to March 31 of each
calendar year or (b) such other fiscal year as the Borrower shall adopt with the prior written
consent of the Required Lenders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). Any
designation of a particular Fiscal Year by reference to a calendar year shall mean the Fiscal Year
ending during such calendar year.
Foreign Lender means any Lender that is organized under the laws of (or the
applicable lending office of which is located in) a jurisdiction other than that in which the
Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State
thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.
Foreign Subsidiary means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
Governmental Authority means the government of the United States of America, any
other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency,
authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising
executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or
pertaining to government.
Guarantee of or by any Person (the guarantor) means any obligation,
contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of
guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the primary
obligor) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the
guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase
or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds
for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property,
securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other
obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other
financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary
obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any
letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation;
provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit
in the ordinary course of business. For purposes of all calculations provided for in this
Agreement, the amount of any Guarantee of any guarantor shall be deemed to be the lower of (x) an
amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which
such Guarantee is made and (y) the maximum amount for which such guarantor may be liable pursuant
to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee, unless such primary obligation and the
maximum amount for which such guarantor may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case
the amount of such Guarantee shall be such guarantors maximum reasonably anticipated liability in
respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.
Guarantee Agreement means the Guarantee Agreement to be executed and delivered by
each Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.
Guarantor means each Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a party to the Guarantee
Agreement on the Effective Date and each Domestic Subsidiary that, subsequent to the Effective
Date, becomes a Significant Subsidiary (as defined in Regulation S-X part 210.1-02 of the Code of
Federal Regulations) or any Subsidiary which is designated to be a Guarantor by written notice from
the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and, in each case, becomes a party to the Guarantee
Agreement.
Hazardous Materials means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all
hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum
distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas,
infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to
any applicable Environmental Law.
Indebtedness of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such
Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations
of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of
such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property
acquired by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase
price of property or services (excluding accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of
business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such
Person (to the extent of such Persons interest in such property), whether or not the Indebtedness
secured thereby has been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of
Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations,
contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and
letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of
bankers acceptances and (j) all payment and performance obligations of every kind, nature and
description of such Person under or in connection with Swap Agreements. The Indebtedness of any
Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such
Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such
Persons ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the
terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. For purposes of all
calculations provided for in this Agreement, there shall be disregarded any Guarantee of any Person
in respect of any Indebtedness of any other Person with which the accounts of such first Person are
then required to be consolidated in accordance with GAAP.
Indemnified Taxes means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
Index Debt means senior, unsecured, long-term indebtedness for borrowed money of the
Borrower that is not guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any other credit enhancement.
Interest Election Request means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a
Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.06.
Interest Payment Date means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each
March, June, September and December and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of
the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a
Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months duration, each day prior to
the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months duration after the
first day of such Interest Period.
Interest Period means with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period
commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the
calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect;
provided, that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day,
such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next
succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period
shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period that commences on the
last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding
day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the
last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing
initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Borrowing,
thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such
Borrowing.
Investment means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect purchase or other
acquisition by such Person of Equity Interests or other securities of, or any assets constituting a
business unit of, any other Person, or any direct or indirect loan, advance or capital contribution
by such Person to any other Person. In computing the amount involved in any
Investment at the time outstanding, (a) undistributed earnings of, and unpaid interest accrued
in respect of Indebtedness owing by, such other Person shall not be included, (b) there shall not
be
deducted from the amounts invested in such other Person any amounts received as earnings (in the
form of dividends, interest or otherwise) on such Investment or as loans from such other Person and
(c) unrealized increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs, of
Investments in such other Person shall be disregarded.
Issuing Bank means, as the context may require, (a) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
Wachovia Bank National Association and The Bank of New York, each with respect to Letters or Credit
issued by it or (b) any other Lender that becomes an Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.04(l), with
respect to Letters of Credit issued by it, and in each case its successors in such capacity as
provided in Section 2.04(j). Any Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more
Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term Issuing
Bank shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate;
provided, however, that no arrangement of a type described in this sentence shall
be permitted if, immediately after giving effect thereto, amounts would become payable by the
Borrower under Section 2.13 or 2.15 that are in excess of those that would be payable under such
Section if such arrangement were not implemented and, provided, further, that the
fees payable to any such Affiliate shall be subject to the second sentence of Section 2.10(b).
Lauren means Ralph Lauren, an individual.
LC Disbursement means a payment made by the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to a
Letter of Credit.
LC Exposure means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all
outstanding Letters of Credit (other than Alternative Currency Letters of Credit) at such time, (b)
the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements under Letters of Credit (other than Alternative
Currency Letters of Credit) that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at
such time and (c) the Alternative Currency LC Exposure at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender
at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.
Lenders means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall
have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or a New Lender Supplement,
other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and
Assumption.
Letter of Credit means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.
LIBO Rate means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period,
the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Dow Jones Market Service (or on any successor or substitute
page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations
comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the
Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates
applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London
time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period,
as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the
event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the LIBO Rate
with respect to
such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which
dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by
the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the
London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the
commencement of such Interest Period.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien,
pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the
interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title
retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of
the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call
or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.
Loan Documents means this Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement
Loan Party means the Borrower and the Guarantors.
Loans means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this
Agreement.
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on (a) the business,
operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries
taken as a whole or (b) the rights and remedies, taken as a whole, of the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders under the Loan Documents.
Material Indebtedness means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of
Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $50,000,000. For purposes
of determining Material Indebtedness, the principal amount of the obligations of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount
(giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to
pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.
Maturity Date means November 28, 2011.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc.
Multiemployer Plan means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of
ERISA.
Net Income (Net Loss) means with respect to any Person or group of
Persons, as the case may be, for any fiscal period, the difference between (a) gross revenues of
such Person or group of Persons and (b) all costs, expenses and other charges incurred in
connection with the generation of such revenue (including, without limitation, taxes on income),
determined on a consolidated or combined basis, as the case may be, and in accordance with GAAP.
New Lender has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(c).
15
New Lender Supplement has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(c).
Other Taxes means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any
other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder
or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement.
Participant has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.
PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA
and any successor entity performing similar functions.
Permitted Acquisition means any acquisition (in one transaction or a series of
related transactions) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, on or after the Effective Date (whether
effected through a purchase of Equity Interests or assets or through a merger, consolidation or
amalgamation), of (i) another Person, (ii) the assets constituting all or substantially all of a
business or operating business unit of another Person or (iii) in any case where clauses (i) and
(ii) above are inapplicable, the rights of any licensee (including by means of the termination of
such licenses rights under such license) under a trademark license to such licensee from the
Borrower or any of its Affiliates, provided that:
(a) the assets so acquired or, as the case may be, the assets of the Person so acquired
shall be in a Related Line of Business;
(b) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time thereof or would
result therefrom;
(c) such acquisition shall be effected in such manner so that the acquired Equity
Interests, assets or rights are owned either by the Borrower or a Subsidiary and, if
effected by merger, consolidation or amalgamation, the continuing, surviving or resulting
entity shall be the Borrower or a Subsidiary, provided that, nothing in this clause
shall be deemed to limit the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to grant to a
different licensee any acquired license rights described in clause (iii) above (or any
rights derivative therefrom); and
(d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance, on a pro
forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, with the covenant contained in
Section 6.07 recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the
Borrower for which financial statements are available, as if such acquisition had occurred
on the first day of each relevant period for testing such compliance.
Permitted Encumbrances means:
(a) Liens imposed by law for taxes and duties, assessments, governmental charges or
levies that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;
16
(b) landlords, carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, shippers, materialmens,
repairmens and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business
and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in
compliance with Section 5.04;
(c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations,
and deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance
arrangements;
(d) deposits to secure the performance of tenders, bids, trade contracts, leases,
public or statutory obligations, warranty requirements, surety and appeal bonds, performance
and bid bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of
business;
(e) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the sale,
lease, transfer or other disposition of any credit card receivables of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries;
(f) judgment, attachment or other similar liens in respect of judgments that do not
constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII;
(g) easements, zoning restrictions, restrictive covenants, encroachments, rights-of-way
and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course
of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from
the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary; and
(h) possessory Liens in favor of brokers and dealers arising in connection with the
acquisition or disposition of Permitted Investments.
provided that the term Permitted Encumbrances shall not include any Lien securing
Indebtedness.
Permitted Investments means:
(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are
directly and fully guaranteed or insured by, the United States of America (or by any agency
thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United
States of America);
(b) investments in commercial paper having, at such date of acquisition, a credit
rating of at least A-2 from S&P or P-2 from Moodys;
(c) investments in certificates of deposit, eurodollar time deposits, bankers
acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof
issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts
17
issued or offered by, any Lender or any commercial bank which has a combined capital
and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $100,000,000;
(d) repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described
in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria
described in clause (c) above;
(e) securities with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition issued
or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or by any
political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by
any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth or territory, political
subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated, at such
date of acquisition, at least A by S&P or A2 by Moodys;
(f) securities with maturities of two years or less from the date of acquisition backed
by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the
requirements of clause (c) of this definition;
(g) shares of money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in (a)
Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b)
Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 3c-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and
(ii) have portfolio assets of at least (x) in the case of funds that invest exclusively in
assets satisfying the requirements of clause (a) of this definition, $250,000,000 and (y) in
all other cases, $500,000,000;
(h) in the case of investments by any Foreign Subsidiary, obligations of a credit
quality and maturity comparable to that of the items referred to in clauses (a) through (g)
above that are available in local markets;
(i) investments in auction rate securities with a rating of AAA from S&P and a maximum
holding period of 45 days, for which the reset date will be used to determine the maturity
date; and
(j) investments in short term loan participations of up to 35 days if the short term
debt rating is A-2 from S&P or P-2 from Moodys or an equivalent long term rating of
investment grade by Moodys or S&P exists.
Person means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust,
joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Plan means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan)
subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA,
and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated,
would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an employer as defined in Section 3(5) of
ERISA.
Prime Rate means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time
by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New
York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such
change is publicly announced as being effective.
Priority Indebtedness means (a) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
(other than that described in Section 6.01(e)) secured by any Lien on any asset(s) of the Borrower
or any Subsidiary and (b) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor, in each case
owing to a Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
Register has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.
Related Line of Business means: (a) any line of business in which the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries is engaged as of, or immediately prior to, the Effective Date, (b) any
wholesale, retail or other distribution of products or services under any domestic or foreign
patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright or license or (c) any similar, ancillary or
related business and any business which provides a service and/or supplies products in connection
with any business described in clause (a) or (b) above.
Related Parties means, with respect to any specified Person, such Persons
Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person
and such Persons Affiliates.
Required Lenders means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and
unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures
and unused Commitments at such time; provided, however, that if any Lender defaults
in its obligations to fund Loans hereunder, there shall be excluded from the determination of
Required Lenders at such time such Lenders pro rata share of the total Revolving Credit Exposures
and unused Commitments.
Requirement of Law means, as to any Person, the Articles or Certificate of
Incorporation and By-Laws or Certificate of Partnership or partnership agreement or other
organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or
determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable
to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its
property is subject.
Revolving Credit Exposure means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of
the outstanding principal amount of such Lenders Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure at such time.
Revolving Loan means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.03.
S&P means Standard & Poors.
Standby Letter of Credit means an irrevocable letter of credit pursuant to which an
Issuing Bank agrees to make payments in dollars or an Alternative Currency for the account of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of obligations of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to contracts made or performances undertaken or to be undertaken or
like matters relating to contracts to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or
proposes to become a party in the ordinary course of the Borrowers or any of its
Subsidiaries business, including for insurance purposes and in connection with lease transactions.
Statutory Reserve Rate means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of
which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the
maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves)
expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for
eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as Eurocurrency Liabilities in Regulation D of the
Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. The
Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any
change in any reserve percentage.
subsidiary means, with respect to any Person (the parent) at any date, any
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of
which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parents consolidated financial
statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as
well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity
(a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or
more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the
general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as
of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by
the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
Subsidiary means any subsidiary of the Borrower.
Swap Agreement means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or
derivative transaction or option, cap or collar agreements or similar agreement involving, or
settled by reference to, one or more interest or exchange rates, currencies, commodities, equity or
debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic,
financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these
transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on
account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of
the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.
Taxes means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties,
deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.
Transactions means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this
Agreement and by the Guarantors of the Guarantee Agreement, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the
proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.
Type, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of
interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the
Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.
Voting Stock means stock of any class or classes (however designated), or other
equity ownership interests, of any Person, the holders of which are at the time entitled, as such
holders, to vote for the election of the directors or other governing body of the Person
involved, whether or not the right so to vote exists by reason of the happening of a contingency.
Withdrawal Liability means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a
complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of
Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this
Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a Eurodollar Loan). Borrowings
also may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a Eurodollar Borrowing).
SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally
to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any
pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words include,
includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. The
word will shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word shall. Unless the
context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other
document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as
from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such
amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person
shall be construed to include such Persons successors and assigns, (c) the words herein,
hereof and hereunder, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this
Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to
Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of,
and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words asset and property shall be
construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible
assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP,
as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative
Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of
any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation
of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders
request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such
notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such
provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before
such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such
provision amended in accordance herewith.
SECTION 1.05. Exchange Rates. For purposes of calculating the Alternative Currency LC Exposure at any time during any
period and the Dollar Equivalent at the time of issuance of any Alternative Currency Letter of
Credit then requested to be issued pursuant to Section 2.04(b), the Administrative Agent will at
least once during each calendar month and at such other times as it in its sole discretion decides
to do so, determine the respective rate of exchange into dollars of each Alternative Currency in
which an Alternative Currency Letter of
Credit is then outstanding (which rate of exchange shall be
based upon the Exchange Rate in effect on date of such determination). Such rates of exchange so
determined on each such determination date shall, for purposes of the calculations described in the
preceding sentence, be deemed to remain unchanged and in effect until the next such determination
date.
ARTICLE II
The Credits
SECTION 2.01. Commitments. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
herein, each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans in dollars to the Borrower from time
to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in
such Lenders Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lenders Commitment. Within the foregoing
limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay
and reborrow Revolving Loans.
(b) The Borrower and any one or more Lenders (including New Lenders) may from time to time
after the Effective Date agree that such Lender or Lenders shall establish a new Commitment or
Commitments or increase the amount of its or their Commitment or Commitments by executing and
delivering to the Administrative Agent, in the case of each New Lender, a New Lender Supplement
meeting the requirements of Section 2.01(c) or, in the case of each Lender which is not a New
Lender, a Commitment Increase Supplement meeting the requirements of Section 2.01(d).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of the Required Lenders, (x) the aggregate
amount of incremental Commitments established or increased after the Effective Date pursuant to
this paragraph shall not exceed $150,000,000, (y) unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative
Agent, each increase in the aggregate Commitments effected pursuant to this paragraph shall be in a
minimum aggregate amount of at least $15,000,000 and (z) unless otherwise agreed by the
Administrative Agent, increases in Commitments may be effected on no more than three occasions
pursuant to this paragraph. No Lender shall have any obligation to participate in any increase
described in this paragraph unless it agrees to do so in its sole discretion.
(c) Any additional bank, financial institution or other entity which, with the consent of
the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld),
elects to become a Lender under this Agreement in connection with any transaction described in
Section 2.01(b) shall execute a New Lender Supplement (each, a New Lender Supplement),
substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1, whereupon such bank, financial institution or other
entity (a New Lender) shall become a Lender, with a Commitment in the
amount set forth therein that is effective on the date specified therein, for all purposes and
to the same extent as if originally a party hereto and shall be bound by and entitled to the
benefits of this Agreement.
(d) Any Lender, which, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, elects
to increase its Commitment under this Agreement shall execute and deliver to the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent a Commitment Increase Supplement specifying (i) the amount of such Commitment
increase, (ii) the amount of such Lenders total Commitment after
giving effect to such Commitment
increase, and (iii) the date upon which such Commitment increase shall become effective.
(e) Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, on each date upon which the
Commitments shall be increased pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall prepay all then
outstanding Revolving Loans, which prepayment shall be accompanied by payment of all accrued
interest on the amount prepaid and any amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 in connection
therewith, and, to the extent it determines to do so, reborrow Revolving Loans from all the Lenders
(after giving effect to the new and/or increased Commitments becoming effective on such date). Any
prepayment and reborrowing pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be effected, to the maximum
extent practicable, through the netting of amounts payable between the Borrower and the respective
Lenders.
SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings. (a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as
part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with
their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it
shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the
Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lenders
failure to make Loans as required.
(b) Subject to Section 2.12, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or
Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may
make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to
make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation
of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and
provided, further, that no such option may be exercised by any Lender if,
immediately after giving effect thereto, amounts would become payable by the Borrower under Section
2.13 or 2.15 that are in excess of those that would be payable under such Section if such option
were not exercised.
(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing
shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than
$5,000,000. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate
amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $500,000; provided that
an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the
total Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as
contemplated by Section 2.04(e). Borrowings of more than one Type may
be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more
than a total of fifteen (15) Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be
entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period
requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.
SECTION 2.03. Requests for Borrowings. To request a Loan, the Borrower shall
notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar
Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date
of
the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the date
of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be
irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative
Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by
the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following
information in compliance with Section 2.02:
(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;
(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;
(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be
applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term
Interest Period; and
(v) the location and number of the Borrowers account to which funds are to be
disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.05.
If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an
ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar
Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one months
duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the
Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such
Lenders Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.
SECTION 2.04. Letters of Credit. (a) General. Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit (or the
amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit) in the form of Commercial
Letters of Credit or Standby Letters of Credit for its own account or the account of its
Subsidiaries, in a form reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank (provided that each
Letter of Credit shall provide for payment against sight drafts drawn thereunder), at any time and
from time to time during the Availability
Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement
and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement
submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Bank
relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. The
letters of credit identified on Schedule 2.04 shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued on
the Effective Date for all purposes of the Loan Documents.
(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To
request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an
outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by
electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing
Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and, in the case of a Commercial Letter of Credit if the
Administrative Agent shall have so requested and in the case of all Standby Letters of Credit,
the
Administrative Agent (in each case, reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or
identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of
issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the currency in which such Letter of Credit is to be
denominated (which shall be dollars or, subject to Section 2.18, an Alternative Currency), the name
and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare,
amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit, provided that in no event shall any Issuing
Bank other than JPMorgan Chase Bank or one or more other Issuing Banks designated from time to time
by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent issue any Alternative
Currency Letter of Credit hereunder. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower
also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Banks standard form in connection
with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or
extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the
Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed (x) $150,000,000, in the case
of Standby Letters of Credit, or (y) $250,000,000, in the case of Commercial Letters of Credit,
(ii) the Alternative Currency LC Exposure with respect to Letters of Credit denominated in an
Alternative Currency shall not exceed $50,000,000, and (iii) the total Revolving Credit Exposures
shall not exceed the total Commitments. Subsequent to the receipt by any Issuing Bank of a
Notification Instruction (as defined below) from the Administrative Agent which shall not have been
withdrawn, such Issuing Bank will contact the Administrative Agent prior to the issuance or
increase in any Letter of Credit to determine whether or not such issuance or increase would result
in any of the limitations set forth in the preceding sentence being exceeded. For purposes of this
Section 2.04(b), a Notification Instruction shall mean any instruction from the Administrative
Agent requiring that an Issuing Bank make the contacts described in the preceding sentence, which
instruction the Administrative Agent (i) may deliver at any time when it determines that the
percentage which the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure constitutes of the aggregate Commitments
then in effect is greater than 80% and (ii) will withdraw when it determines that such percentage
is less than 80%. For purposes of the third preceding sentence the amount of any Alternative
Currency Letter of Credit shall be the Dollar Equivalent thereof calculated on the basis of the
applicable rate of exchange determined in accordance with Section 1.05.
(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of
business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of
Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or
extension) and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.
(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a
Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the
applicable Issuing Bank or the Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each
Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to
such Lenders Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter
of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and
unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in dollars, for the account of such
Issuing Bank, such Lenders Applicable Percentage of (i) each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing
Bank in dollars and (ii) the Dollar Equivalent, using the
Exchange Rate at the time such payment is
made, of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank in an Alternative Currency and, in each
case, not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section,
or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each
Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this
paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected
by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of
Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the
Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or
reduction whatsoever.
(e) Reimbursement. If any Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of
a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to such Issuing
Bank an amount equal to such LC Disbursement in dollars, on the date that such LC Disbursement is
made (or, if such date is not a Business Day, on or before the next Business Day); provided
that, if such LC Disbursement is made under an Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, automatically
and with no further action required, such Borrowers obligation to reimburse the applicable LC
Disbursement shall be permanently converted into an obligation to reimburse the Dollar Equivalent,
calculated using the Exchange Rate at the time such payment is made, of such LC Disbursement, and
provided, further, that, in the case of any such reimbursement obligation which is
in an amount of not less than $500,000, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing
set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed in dollars
with an ABR Borrowing in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrowers
obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Borrowing.
If the Borrower fails to make when due any reimbursement payment required pursuant to this
paragraph, the applicable Issuing Bank shall immediately notify the Administrative Agent, which
shall promptly notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the Dollar Equivalent thereof
calculated in accordance with the preceding sentence (if such LC Disbursement relates to an
Alternative Currency Letter of Credit), the reimbursement payment then due from the Borrower in
respect thereof and such Lenders Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of
such notice, each Lender (other than such Issuing Bank) shall pay to the Administrative Agent in
dollars its Applicable Percentage of the reimbursement payment then due from the Borrower, in the
same manner as provided in Section 2.05 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.05
shall
apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the
Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to such Issuing Bank in dollars the amounts so received by
it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from
the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to
the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this
paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their
interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse an
Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Loans as contemplated above)
shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such
LC Disbursement.
26
(f) Letter of Credit Fees.
(i) Commercial Letter of Credit Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank and the Lenders, a
Commercial Letter of Credit fee calculated at the rate per annum equal to the Applicable
Rate applicable to Commercial Letters of Credit from time to time in effect on the aggregate
average daily amount available to be drawn (calculated, in the case of any Alternative
Currency Letter of Credit, on the basis of the Dollar Equivalent thereof using the
applicable Exchange Rate in effect on the date payment of such fee is due) under each
Commercial Letter of Credit issued hereunder (and in no event less than $500 with respect to
each such Commercial Letter of Credit). Commercial Letter of Credit Fees accrued through
and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be
payable in arrears on the fifth Business Day following such last day, commencing on the
first such date to occur after the date hereof. The Administrative Agent will promptly pay
to the Issuing Banks and the Lenders their pro rata shares of any amounts received from the
Borrower in respect of any such fees. Commercial Letter of Credit fees shall be computed on
the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed
(including the first day but excluding the last day).
(ii) Standby Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent, for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank and the Lenders, a
Standby Letter of Credit fee calculated at the rate per annum equal to the Applicable Rate
applicable to Eurodollar Loans from time to time in effect on the aggregate average daily
amount available to be drawn (calculated, in the case of any Alternative Currency Letter of
Credit, on the basis of the Dollar Equivalent thereof using the applicable Exchange Rate in
effect on the date payment of such fee is due) under each Standby Letter of Credit issued
hereunder (and in no event less than $500 with respect to each such Standby Letter of
Credit). Standby Letter of Credit Fees accrued through and including the last day of March,
June, September and December of each year shall be payable in arrears on the fifth Business
Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date
hereof. The Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Banks and the Lenders
their pro rata shares of any amounts received from the Borrower in
respect of any such fees. Standby Letter of Credit fees shall be computed on the basis
of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including
the first day but excluding the last day).
(g) Obligations Absolute. The Borrowers obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements
as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and
shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all
circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any
Letter of Credit, any application for the issuance of a Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any
term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit
proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit
against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such
Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any
of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or
equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrowers obligations hereunder.
Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor any Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related
Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance
or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder
(irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error,
omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other
communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a
drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from
causes beyond the control of the applicable Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall
not be construed to excuse such Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any
direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived
by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused
by such Issuing Banks failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents
presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly
agree that, in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of an
Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall
be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and
without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents
presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of
Credit, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such
documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information
to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not
in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.
(h) Disbursement Procedures. The applicable Issuing Bank shall, promptly following
its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a
Letter of Credit. Such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the
Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing
Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give
or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such
Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.
(i) Interim Interest. If an Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then,
unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement
is made, including by financing such payment obligation with an ABR Loan in accordance with
paragraph (e) of this Section (or, if such date is not a Business Day, on or prior to the next
Business Day), the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the
date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC
Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Loans; provided that, if the
Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due (including by financing such payment
obligation with an ABR Loan) pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.11(c) shall
apply; and provided, further, that, in the case of an LC Disbursement made under an
Alternative Currency Letter of Credit, the amount of interest due with respect thereto shall accrue
on the Dollar Equivalent, calculated using the Exchange Rate at the time such LC Disbursement was
made, of such LC Disbursement. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the
account of the applicable Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on
and after the date of
payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank
shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.
(j) Replacement of any Issuing Bank. Any Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time
by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and
the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such
replacement of such Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the
Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to
Section 2.04(f) and 2.10(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the
successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of such Issuing Bank under this
Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to
the term Issuing Bank shall be deemed to include a reference to such successor or to any previous
Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require.
After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party
hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this
Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not
be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.
(k) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing,
on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required
Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure
representing greater than 50% of the then total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash
collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the
Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders,
an amount in dollars and in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and
unpaid interest thereon; provided that (i) the portions of such amount attributable to
undrawn Alternative Currency Letters of Credit shall be deposited in the applicable Alternative
Currencies in the actual amounts of such undrawn Letters of Credit and (ii) the obligation to
deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become
immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any
Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in paragraph (h) or (i) of Article VII.
Each deposit pursuant to this paragraph shall be held by the Administrative Agent
as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this
Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the
exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment
of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the
Administrative Agent and at the Borrowers risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest.
Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such
account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Banks for LC
Disbursements for which they have not been reimbursed (to be applied ratably among them according
to the respective aggregate amounts of the then unreimbursed LC Disbursements) and, to the extent
not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower
for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject
to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the then total LC
Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the
Borrower is required to provide an
amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the
occurrence of an Event of Default or, in accordance with Section 2.09(c), the total Revolving
Credit Exposure exceeding 105% of the total Commitments, such amount (to the extent not applied as
aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default
have been cured or waived or, as the case may be, the total Revolving Credit Exposure not exceeding
the total Commitments.
(l) Additional Issuing Banks. The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time
with the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and
such Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of
this Agreement, provided that the total number of Issuing Banks at any time shall not
exceed four. Any Lender designated as Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph (l) shall be deemed
to be an Issuing Bank for the purposes of this Agreement (in addition to being a Lender) with
respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender.
(m) Reporting. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, each Issuing Bank
will report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) on the first Business Day of each week and
on the second Business Day to occur after the last day of each March, June, September and December,
and on such other dates as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, the daily activity
during the preceding week, calendar quarter or other period, as the case may be, with respect to
Letters of Credit issued by it, including the aggregate outstanding LC Exposure with respect to
such Letters of Credit on each day during such week, quarter or other period, in such form and
detail as shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) on any Business Day on which the
Borrower fails to reimburse an LC Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such Issuing Bank on
such day, the date of such failure and the amount of such LC Disbursement and (iii) such other
information with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank as the Administrative
Agent may reasonably request.
SECTION 2.05. Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be
made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds
by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently
designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make
such Loans available to
the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of
the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by the
Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Loans made to finance the
reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.04(e) shall be remitted by the
Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.
(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the
proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent
such Lenders share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has
made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in
reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such
event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the
Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent
forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and
including the date such amount is made available to the
Borrower to but excluding the date of
payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate
determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank
compensation. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall
constitute such Lenders Loan included in such Borrowing. If such Lenders share of such Borrowing
is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days after
the date such amount is made available to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly
notify the Borrower of such failure and shall also be entitled to recover such amount from the
Borrower, on demand, with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans hereunder
accruing from the date of such Borrowing. If the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent
such corresponding amount, the Borrower shall have no further obligations to such Lender with
respect to such amount.
SECTION 2.06. Interest Elections. (a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the
Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing,
shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the
Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and,
in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this
Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the
affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders
holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be
considered a separate Borrowing.
(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the
Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be
required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from
such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest
Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, email
(pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent) or telecopy
to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the
Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.
(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following
information in compliance with Section 2.02:
(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different
options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof
to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified
pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);
(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election
Request, which shall be a Business Day;
(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar
Borrowing; and
31
(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be
applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period
contemplated by the definition of the term Interest Period.
If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an
Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one
months duration.
(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent
shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lenders portion of each resulting
Borrowing.
(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a
Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such
Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be
converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required
Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no
outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless
repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest
Period applicable thereto.
SECTION 2.07. Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) Unless previously
terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.
(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments;
provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an
integral multiple of $100,000 and not less than $1,000,000, or, if less than $1,000,000, the
remaining amount of the total Commitments, and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce
the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance
with Section 2.09, the total Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Commitments.
(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or
reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least two (2) Business Days prior to
the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective
date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the
Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section
shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by
the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon another event, such as the
effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower
(by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such
condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent.
Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their
respective Commitments.
32
SECTION 2.08. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower hereby
unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then
unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date.
(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts
evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such
Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time
to time hereunder.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount
of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the
amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower
to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent
hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lenders share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this
Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the
obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative
Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation
of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such
event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to
the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered
assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by
such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant
to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such
form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a
registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).
SECTION 2.09. Prepayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any
time and from time to time to prepay voluntarily any Borrowing in whole or in part without premium
or penalty, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.
(b) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy)
of any voluntary prepayment hereunder prior to (i) in the case of ABR Loans, 11:00 a.m., New York
City time, on such date of prepayment or (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, 12:00 noon, New York
City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding such date of prepayment. Each such notice
shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date, the principal amount of each Borrowing
or portion thereof to be prepaid and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans, ABR Loans or a
combination thereof, and, if of a combination thereof, the amount allocable to each;
provided that, if a notice of voluntary prepayment is given in connection with a
conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.07, then such
notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with
Section 2.07. Promptly following receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall advise
the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each
partial voluntary prepayment of any Borrowing shall be
in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000 or a multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each
voluntary prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid
Borrowing.
(c) If on any date the total Revolving Credit Exposure exceeds 105% of the total
Commitments, the Borrower shall, without notice or demand, within three Business Days after such
date, prepay Loans in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce the total Revolving Credit Exposure
to less than the total Commitments, provided that if, after giving effect to such
prepayment, the total Revolving Credit Exposure would still exceed the total Commitments, the
Borrower shall, without notice or demand, deposit cash collateral in an account with the
Administrative Agent established and maintained in accordance with Section 2.04(k) in an aggregate
amount such that, after deducting therefrom the amount so deposited in such account, the total
Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed the total Commitments.
(d) Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section
2.11 and any amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14.
SECTION 2.10. Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for
the account of each Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Effective Date to
the last day of the Availability Period, computed at the Applicable Rate on the average daily
amount of the Available Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made.
Commitment fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December
of each year shall be payable on the fifth Business Day following such last day, commencing on the
first such date to occur after the date hereof; provided that all such fees shall
be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the
date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. All commitment fees shall be
computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days
elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).
(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Issuing Bank the fees agreed upon by the Borrower
with such Issuing Bank with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter
of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, in any case where, in
accordance with the second sentence of the definition of Issuing Bank, an Issuing Bank arranges for
one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by an Affiliate of such Issuing Bank, the fees agreed
upon by such Issuing Bank with the Borrower shall be deemed to have been agreed upon by such
Affiliate unless the Borrower and such Affiliate otherwise agree.
(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender,
a utilization fee accruing for each day on which the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit
Exposure of all Lenders exceeds 50% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments then in effect at a
rate per annum equal to 0.10% on the amount of the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender
outstanding on such day. Utilization fees accrued through and including the last day of March,
June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the fifth Business Day following such
last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof, and on the Maturity
Date; provided that if there shall exist any Revolving Credit Exposure at any time after
the Commitments are terminated or expire, the Commitments, for purposes of calculations pursuant to
this Section, shall be deemed to remain outstanding in the
amounts in effect immediately prior to
such termination or expiration and any utilization fees accruing after such termination or
expiration shall be payable on demand. All utilization fees shall be computed on the basis of a
year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first
day but excluding the last day).
(d) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees
payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent.
(e) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available
funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to each Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for
distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid
shall not be refundable under any circumstances (other than in the case, and to the extent, of any
overpayment thereof by the Borrower).
SECTION 2.11. Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear
interest at the Alternate Base Rate.
(b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO
Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or
other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity,
upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before
judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus
the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section
or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in
paragraph (a) of this Section.
(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date
for such Loan and upon termination of all of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest
accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of
any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of
the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be
payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any
Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such
Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.
(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that
interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is
based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap
year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first
day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO
Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive
absent manifest error.
35
SECTION 2.12. Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any
Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:
(a) the Administrative Agent reasonably determines (which determination shall be
conclusive absent manifest error) that by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant
market adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or
the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or
(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted
LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and
fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or
its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;
then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by
telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent
notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer
exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or
continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, (ii) if any
Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR
Borrowing; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one
Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.
SECTION 2.13. Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar
requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by,
any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or any
Issuing Bank; or
(ii) impose on any Lender or any Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any
other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any
Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or
maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make such Loan) or to increase
the cost to such Lender or such Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter
of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such Issuing
Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such
Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will
compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred
or reduction suffered.
(b) If any Lender or any Issuing Bank reasonably determines that any Change in Law regarding
capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders
or such Issuing Banks capital as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or
participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such
Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but
for such Change in
Law (taking into consideration such Lenders or such Issuing Banks policies with respect to
capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing
Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such
Issuing Bank for any such reduction suffered.
(c) A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts
necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, as specified in
paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, containing a reasonably detailed explanation of the basis on
which such amount or amounts were calculated and explaining the Change in Law by reason of which it
has become entitled to be so compensated, shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be
conclusive absent manifest error. No Lender or Issuing Bank shall be entitled to the benefits of
this Section 2.13 unless such Lender or Issuing Bank shall have complied with the requirements of
this Section 2.13. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be,
the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Bank to demand compensation
pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lenders or such
Issuing Banks right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not
be required to compensate a Lender or an Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased
costs or reductions incurred more than 90 days prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing
Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased
costs or reductions and of such Lenders or such Issuing Banks intention to claim compensation
therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased
costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 90-day period referred to above shall be extended to
include the period of retroactive effect thereof. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 2.13, no Lender shall demand compensation for any increased costs or reduction referred to
above in this Section if it shall not then be the general policy of such Lender to demand such
compensation in similar circumstances from comparable borrowers under comparable provisions of
other credit agreements, if any (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that a waiver by
any Lender in any given case of its right to demand such compensation from any given borrower shall
not, in and of itself, be deemed to constitute a change in the general policy of such Lender).
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, this Section 2.13 shall have no
application with respect to any Indemnified Taxes, Other Taxes or any Excluded Taxes, which
matters, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be dealt with exclusively under Section 2.15.
SECTION 2.14. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any
principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable
thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan
other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow,
convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered
pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.09(b) and is
revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the
last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.17, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for
the loss
and reasonable cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar
Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount reasonably
determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have
accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate
that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the
last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow,
convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over
(ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the
interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for
dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A
certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to
receive pursuant to this Section, containing a reasonably detailed calculation of such amounts,
shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower
shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt
thereof. No Lender or Issuing Bank shall be entitled to the benefits of this Section 2.14 unless
such Lender or Issuing Bank shall have complied with the requirements of this Section 2.14.
SECTION 2.15. Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation
of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified
Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any
Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as
necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to
additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or the relevant
Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no
such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower
shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with
applicable law.
(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental
Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and any Issuing Bank,
as promptly as possible but in any event within 30 days after written demand therefor, for the full
amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or
such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any
obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or
asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and
reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified
Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental
Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability, together with, to the
extent available, a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing
such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower, delivered
to the Borrower as soon as practicable after any such payment by a Lender or any Issuing Bank, or
by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or any Issuing Bank, shall
be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the
Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the
original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such
payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(e) Each Foreign Lender (including each Issuing Bank that is a Foreign Lender) shall deliver
to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time it becomes a Lender (or, in
the case of any Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related
Participation) and at all times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed
documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit
such payments to be made without withholding. Each Foreign Lender (including each Issuing Bank that
is a Foreign Lender) shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time it determines that it is no
longer in a position to provide any documentation required to be delivered to the Borrower pursuant
to this paragraph. No Person shall be entitled to become a Lender or Participant unless it shall
have complied with the requirements of the first sentence of this paragraph (if such requirements
are applicable to it).
(f) If the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Issuing Bank determines that it has received
a refund which, in the good faith judgment of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such Issuing
Bank, as the case may be, is allocable to any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has
been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts
pursuant to this Section 2.15, it shall promptly pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to
the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this
Section 2.15 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest
(other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund);
provided, that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender,
agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges
imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the
event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental
Authority. This Section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to
make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems
confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.
SECTION 2.16. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. (a) The
Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal,
interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.13, 2.14
or 2.15, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due, in
immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time
on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank, as applicable,
be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating
interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at
270 Park Avenue, New York, New York, except payments to be made directly to an Issuing Bank as
expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.15 and 9.03
shall be made directly to the Persons entitled
thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute
any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient
promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a
Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in
the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such
extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars except as provided in Section 2.04(k).
(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative
Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest, fees,
expenses and other amounts then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards
payment of interest, fees, expenses and other amounts then due hereunder, ratably among the parties
entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest, fees, expenses and other amounts then
due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC
Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the
amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.
(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise,
obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or
participations in LC Disbursements resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater
proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements
and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender
receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the
Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of other Lenders to the extent necessary so
that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the
aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and
participations in LC Disbursements; provided that (i) if any such participations are
purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such
participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery,
without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any
payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement
or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a
participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or
participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the
provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to
the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation
pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and
counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor
of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to
the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or
an Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent
may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in
reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be,
the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the
Lenders or such Issuing Bank, as
the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative
Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such Issuing Bank with
interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but
excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds
Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking
industry rules on interbank compensation.
(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to
Section 2.04(d) or (e), 2.05(b) or 2.16(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion
(notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the
Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lenders obligations under such
Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.
SECTION 2.17. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender
(including any Issuing Bank) requests compensation under Section 2.13, or if the Borrower is
required to pay any additional amount to any Lender
(including any Issuing Bank) or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender
(including any Issuing Bank) pursuant to Section 2.15, then such Lender shall use reasonable
efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to
assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if,
in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce
amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.13 or 2.15, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would
not subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be
disadvantageous to such Lender.
(b) If (i) any Lender (including any Issuing Bank) requests compensation under Section 2.13,
(ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender (including any Issuing
Bank) or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender (including any Issuing Bank)
pursuant to Section 2.15 or (iii) if any Lender (including any Issuing Bank) defaults in its
obligation to fund Loans hereunder, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense (in the case of
clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.17(b) only), upon notice to such Lender and the
Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance
with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04, provided that the Borrower shall be
required to pay the processing and recordation fee referred to in Section 9.04(b)(ii)(C)), all its
interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such
obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment);
provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the
Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have
received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in
LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it
hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and
fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) (and, if such Lender is an Issuing Bank,
all Letters of Credit issued by it shall have been cancelled or other arrangements reasonably
satisfactory to such Issuing Bank shall have been made with respect to such Letters of Credit) and
(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.13
or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.15, such assignment will result in a
reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender
(including any Issuing Bank) shall not be
required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by
such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and
delegation cease to apply. No such assignment shall be deemed to be a waiver of any rights which
the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.
SECTION 2.18. Change in Law. If (a) any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for
any Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency or (b) there
shall have occurred any change in national or international financial, political or economic
conditions (including the imposition of or any change in exchange controls) or currency exchange
rates that would make it impracticable for such Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit denominated
in such Alternative Currency, then by prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower and to the
Administrative Agent (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist),
such Issuing Bank may declare that Letters of Credit will not thereafter be issued by it in the
affected
Alternative Currency or Alternative Currencies, whereupon the affected Alternative Currency or
Alternative Currencies shall be deemed (for the duration of such declaration) not to constitute an
Alternative Currency for purposes of the issuance of Letters of Credit by such Issuing Bank.
ARTICLE III
Representations and Warranties
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:
SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and,
except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good
standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.
SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within each Loan
Partys corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required,
stockholder action. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party
which is a party thereto and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, liquidation, reconstruction, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors rights
generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law.
SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not
require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any
Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect,
(b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other
organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any
Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture or any
material agreement or other material instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change. (a) The Borrower
has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income,
stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2006, reported
on by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for the fiscal
quarter and the portion of the fiscal year ended July 1, 2006, certified by its chief financial
officer. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the
Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with
GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the
statements referred to in clause (ii) above.
(b) Since April 1, 2006, there has been no material adverse change in the business,
operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole.
SECTION 3.05. Properties. (a) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good
title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to the
operation of its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability
to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended
purposes or such other defects as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in
a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks,
tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business as
currently conducted, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe
upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the
aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters. (a) There are no actions,
suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to
the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries (i) which could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in
a Material Adverse Effect (except for litigation disclosed prior to November 28, 2006 in reports
publicly filed by the Borrower under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or (ii) that
involve this Agreement or the Transactions.
(b) Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply
with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become
subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any
claim with respect to any
Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.
SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority
applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon
it or its property, except where the
failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result
in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.
SECTION 3.08. Investment Company Status. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries is required to be registered as an investment company as defined in the Investment
Company Act of 1940.
SECTION 3.09. Taxes. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or
caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused
to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable,
has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could
not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.10. ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur
that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably
expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The
present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used
for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the
most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $10,000,000 the fair
market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit
obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial
statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $10,000,000 the fair market value of the
assets of all such underfunded Plans.
SECTION 3.11. Disclosure. All of the reports, financial statements and certificates
furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection
with the negotiation of this Agreement or hereafter delivered hereunder or reports filed pursuant
to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as modified or supplemented by other information so
furnished prior to the date on which this representation and warranty is made or deemed made) do
not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make
the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower
represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to
be reasonable at the time.
SECTION 3.12. Subsidiary Guarantors. Set forth on Schedule 3.12 is a list of each Subsidiary which, in accordance with Section
4.01(b), is required to be a Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement on the Effective Date.
44
ARTICLE IV
Conditions
SECTION 4.01. Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of
the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on
which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):
(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party
hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii)
written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include
telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has
signed a counterpart of this Agreement.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received the Guarantee Agreement executed and
delivered by (i) each Domestic Subsidiary which is a guarantor under the Existing Credit
Agreement, and (ii) each Domestic Subsidiary, if any, which, as of the Effective Date, is a
Significant Subsidiary (as defined in Regulation S-X part 210.1-02 of the Code of Federal
Regulations) and which is not a guarantor under the Existing Credit Agreement.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to it that all obligations of the Borrower under the Existing Credit
Agreement (other than the indemnity and other obligations (including obligations in relation
to the letters of credit identified on Schedule 2.04) that expressly survive the termination
thereof) shall have been paid in full, and all commitments of the Lenders to extend credit
thereunder shall have been terminated.
(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion
(addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of (i)
Friedman Kaplan Seiler & Adelman LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, substantially in the
form of Exhibit B-1 and (ii) the Corporate Counsel of the Borrower, substantially in the
form of Exhibit B-2. The Borrower hereby requests Friedman Kaplan Seiler & Adelman LLP to
deliver the opinion provided for in clause (i), above.
(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as
the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization,
existence and good standing of the Loan Parties, the authorization of the Transactions by
the Loan Parties and any other legal matters relating to the Loan Parties, this Agreement or
the Transactions, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent and its counsel.
(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective
Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower,
confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section
4.02.
45
(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and
payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement
or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower
hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such
notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the
Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not
become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to
Section 9.02) at or prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on November 28, 2006 (and, in the event
such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).
SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on
the occasion of any Borrowing, but excluding a conversion of all or a portion of a Borrowing from
one Type to the other or a continuation of all or a portion of a Borrowing of the same Type
pursuant to Section 2.06 and of each Issuing Bank to issue, increase, renew or extend any Letter of
Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(a) The representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the
Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of
such Borrowing or the date of issuance, increase, renewal or extension of such Letter of
Credit, as applicable (other than such representations as are made as of a specific earlier
date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all
material respects as of such earlier date).
(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the
issuance, increase, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default
shall have occurred and be continuing.
Each Borrowing and each issuance, increase, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be
deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the
matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.
ARTICLE V
Affirmative Covenants
Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on
each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters
of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been
reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information. The
Borrower will furnish to each Lender through the Administrative Agent:
46
(a) within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, its audited
consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders equity and
cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative
form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Deloitte & Touche or other
independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a going concern or
like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope
of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in
all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and
its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently
applied; provided, however, that, so long as the Borrower is required to
file reports under Section 13 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the requirements
of this paragraph shall be deemed satisfied by the delivery of, the Annual Report of the
Borrower on Form 10-K for such Fiscal Year, signed by the duly authorized officer or
officers of the Borrower;
(b) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each
fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of
operations, stockholders equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter
and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative
form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance
sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial
Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results
of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and
the absence of footnotes; provided, however, that, so long as the Borrower
is required to file reports under Section 13 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the
requirements of this paragraph shall be deemed satisfied by the delivery of the Quarterly
Report of the Borrower on Form 10-Q for the relevant Fiscal Quarter, signed by the duly
authorized officer or officers of the Borrower.
(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b)
above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) stating that he or she has
obtained no knowledge that a Default has occurred (except as set forth in such certificate),
(ii) if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or
proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (iii) setting forth reasonably detailed
calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 6.03 and 6.07; and (iv) stating whether
any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited
financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 which has had an effect on such financial
statements and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the
financial statements accompanying such certificate;
(d) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, a
certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating
whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of such financial
statements of any Default (which certificate may be limited to the extent required by
accounting rules or guidelines);
47
(e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all other periodic
and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority
succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national
securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the
case may be;
(f) promptly after the Borrower shall have received notice that Moodys or S&P has
announced a change in the rating established or deemed to have been established for the
Index Debt, written notice of such rating change; and
(g) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the
business affairs or financial position of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with
the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent on behalf of any Lender may
reasonably request.
SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Lenders
through the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of the following promptly after the Borrower
shall have obtained knowledge thereof:
(a) the occurrence of any Default;
(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any
arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Affiliate
thereof that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect;
(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA
Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000; and
(d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result
in, a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer
or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development
requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
SECTION 5.03. Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the
rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business
except, in each case (other than the case of the foregoing requirements insofar as they relate to
the legal existence of the Borrower and the Guarantors), to the extent that failure to do so could
not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the
foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under
Section 6.04.
48
SECTION 5.04. Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become
delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its
books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make
payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
SECTION 5.05. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. Except where the failure to do
so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower will, and
will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct
of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and except for
surplus and obsolete properties, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance
companies, insurance on such of its property and in such amounts and against such risks as are
customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same
or similar locations.
SECTION 5.06. Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The Borrower will, and will
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which entries in
conformity in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of any
Governmental Authority are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and
activities. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, on an annual basis at
the request of the Administrative Agent (or at any time after the occurrence and during the
continuance of a Default), permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any
Lender (at such Lenders expense), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its
properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records (other than materials protected
by the attorney-client privilege and materials which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as
applicable, may not disclose without violation of a confidentiality obligation binding upon it),
and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants,
so long as afforded opportunity to be present, all during reasonable business hours. It is
understood that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such visits and
inspections shall be coordinated through the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 5.07. Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules,
regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where
the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result
in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit. The proceeds of the Loans will
be used only to finance the working capital needs, capital expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions,
Investments permitted under Section 6.05 and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (including the refinancing of the Existing Credit Agreement). No part of the proceeds
of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation
of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X. The Commercial Letters
of Credit shall be used solely to finance purchases of inventory by the
49
Borrower and its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business, and the Standby Letters of Credit shall be
used solely for the purposes described in the definition of such term in Section 1.01.
SECTION 5.09. Guarantee Agreement Supplement. Each Domestic Subsidiary that becomes
a Significant Subsidiary (as defined in Regulation S-X, part 210.1-02 of the Code of Federal
Regulations) subsequent to the Effective Date shall promptly (and in any event within 60 days of
becoming such a Significant Subsidiary) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (with a
counterpart for each Lender) a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement pursuant to which such
Subsidiary shall become a party thereto as a Guarantor, together with such other documents and
legal opinions with respect thereto as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request (which
documents and opinions shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent).
ARTICLE VI
Negative Covenants
Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each
Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired
or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and
agrees with the Lenders that:
SECTION 6.01. Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness created hereunder;
(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01 and
extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the
outstanding principal amount thereof or shorten the final maturity or weighted average
life to maturity thereof;
(c) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the
Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
(d) Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any
Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
(e) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the
acquisition, construction or improvement of any real property, fixed or capital assets,
including Capital Lease Obligations, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such
Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided
that such Indebtedness is incurred no more than 90 days prior to or within 90 days after
such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement;
50
(f) Indebtedness acquired or assumed in Permitted Acquisitions and extensions,
renewals and replacements of any such indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding
principal amount thereof or shorten the final maturity or weighted average life to maturity
thereof or have different obligors;
(g) Priority Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness permitted by Sections 6.01(e)
and (f) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed 10% of
the Borrowers then Consolidated Net Worth;
(h) unsecured Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(f),
not otherwise permitted by this Section, of the Borrower or any Subsidiary which is a
Guarantor so long as (i) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such
Indebtedness, the ratio of (x) Adjusted Debt then outstanding to (y) Consolidated EBITDAR
for the then most recently ended period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters for which
financial statements shall have been delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01 is
not greater than 3.75 to 1.00; and
(i) Indebtedness under Swap Agreements entered into in order to manage existing or
anticipated interest rate or exchange rate risks and not for speculative purposes.
For purposes of this subsection 6.01, any Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower after
the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to have incurred all of its then outstanding
Indebtedness at the time it becomes a Subsidiary, and any Indebtedness assumed by the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have been incurred on the date of assumption.
SECTION 6.02. Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to,
create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter
acquired by
it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in
respect of any thereof, except:
(a) Permitted Encumbrances;
(b) Liens existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.02;
(c) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary securing
Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(e) incurred to acquire, construct or improve such
property or asset;
(d) Liens solely constituting the right of any other Person to a share of any
licensing royalties (pursuant to a licensing agreement or other related agreement entered
into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with such Person in the ordinary course of
the Borrowers or such Subsidiarys business) otherwise payable to the Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries, provided that such right shall have been conveyed to such Person
for consideration received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary on an arms-length basis;
51
(e) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement
filings with respect to operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(f) Liens securing Indebtedness described in clause (a) of the definition of Priority
Indebtedness;
(g) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(c);
(h) Bankers liens and rights of setoff with respect to customary depository
arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(i) Liens attaching solely to cash earnest money or similar deposits in connection
with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with a Permitted Acquisition;
and
(j) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statements regarding operating
leases or consignments, provided that such Liens extend solely to the assets subject to such
leases or consignments.
SECTION 6.03. Sale of Assets. The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or a series of
transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as
a whole.
SECTION 6.04. Fundamental Changes. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit
any Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to
merge into or consolidate with
it, or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately
after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) any Subsidiary
may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation,
(ii) any Subsidiary (including a Guarantor) may merge into any other Subsidiary in a transaction in
which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary, and (iii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if
the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests
of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and except that the
Borrower or any Subsidiary may effect any acquisition permitted by Section 6.05 by means of a
merger of the Person that is the subject of such acquisition with the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries (provided that, in the case of a merger with the Borrower, the Borrower is the
survivor); and
(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any
material extent in any business other than a Related Line of Business; provided, that the
Borrower and any Subsidiary may engage in any business or businesses which are not Related Lines of
Business, so long as the Investments made by the Borrower and/or the Subsidiaries in such
businesses do not exceed $500,000,000 in the aggregate, which amount shall be included in the
aggregate amount for Investments permitted under Section 6.05(j).
SECTION 6.05. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. The
Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire
52
(including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to
such merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any
option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any
loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or
any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a
series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit or the rights
of any licensee under a trademark license to such licensee from the Borrower or any of its
Affiliates, except:
(a) Permitted Investments;
(b) investments by the Borrower in the capital stock of its Subsidiaries;
(c) loans or advances made by the Borrower to, and Guarantees by the Borrower of obligations
of, any Subsidiary, and loans or advances made by any Subsidiary to, and Guarantees by any
Subsidiary of obligations of, the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;
(d) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01;
(e) advances or loans made in the ordinary course of business to employees of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries;
(f) existing Investments not otherwise permitted under this Agreement and described in
Schedule 6.05 hereto;
(g) Investments received in connection with the bona fide settlement of any defaulted
Indebtedness or other liability owed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
(h) Permitted Acquisitions; provided that if, as a result of a Permitted
Acquisition, (i) a new Domestic Subsidiary shall be created and such Domestic Subsidiary is a
Significant Subsidiary (as defined in Regulation S-X part 210.1-02 of the Code of Federal
Regulations) or (ii) any then existing Domestic Subsidiary shall become such a Significant
Subsidiary, such Domestic Subsidiary shall promptly thereafter become party to the Guarantee
Agreement as a Guarantor;
(i) Swap Agreements entered into in order to manage existing or anticipated interest rate or
exchange rate risks and not for speculative purposes; and
(j) Investments, in addition to Investments permitted under clauses (a) through (h) of this
Section 6.05, but including Investments permitted under Section 6.04(b), made after the date hereof
in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000,000 in any Person or Persons.
SECTION 6.06. Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or
purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other
transactions with, (a) any of its Affiliates, (b) a spouse or any relative (by blood, adoption or
marriage) within the third degree of any such Affiliate or (c) any other Person which is an
Affiliate of any such spouse or relative, except (x) in the ordinary course of business at prices
53
and on terms and conditions, in the aggregate (taking into account all of the Borrowers or such
Subsidiarys transactions with, and the benefits to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries derived from
the Borrowers or such Subsidiarys Investment in, such Affiliate), not less favorable to the
Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arms-length basis from unrelated third
parties, excluding customary compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, directors,
officers and employees of the Borrower and any Subsidiary and (y) transactions between or among the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate.
SECTION 6.07. Consolidated Leverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio as at the last day of any period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters
ending after the Effective Date to be greater than 3.75 to 1.00.
ARTICLE VII
Events of Default
If any of the following events (Events of Default) shall occur:
(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay (i) any principal of any Loan when and as the same
shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for
prepayment thereof or otherwise, or (ii) any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC
Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable and such failure to
pay such reimbursement obligation shall continue unremedied for a period of two
Business Days;
(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or unreimbursed LC
Disbursement or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a)
of this Article) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and
payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five days;
(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or the Guarantee
Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or
thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished
pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or the Guarantee Agreement or any amendment
or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have
been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;
(d) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or
agreement contained in Section 5.03 (with respect to the Borrowers existence) or 5.08 or in
Article VI;
(e) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or
agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d)
of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after
notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at
the request of any Lender);
54
(f) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment of principal or
interest, regardless of amount, in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the
same shall become due and payable beyond the period (without giving effect to any
extensions, waivers, amendments or other modifications of or to such period) of grace, if
any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Material Indebtedness was
created;
(g) any event or condition occurs (after giving effect to any applicable grace
periods and after giving effect to any extensions, waivers, amendments or other
modifications of any applicable provision or agreement) that results in any Material
Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits the
holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their
behalf to cause, with the giving of an acceleration or similar notice if required, any
Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or
defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g)
shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale
or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness to the extent such
Indebtedness is paid when due;
(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be
filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the
Borrower or any Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under
any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or
hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator,
conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part
of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed
for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be
entered; provided, however, that the occurrence of any of the events
specified in this paragraph (h) with respect to any Person other than the Borrower shall not
be deemed to be an Event of Default unless (x) the net assets of such Person, determined in
accordance with GAAP, shall have exceeded $20,000,000 as of the date of the most recent
audited financial statements delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01 or on the
date of occurrence of any such event and/or (y) the aggregate net assets of all Loan Parties
and other Subsidiaries in respect of which any of the events specified in this paragraph (h)
and in paragraphs (i) and (j) of this Article VII shall have occurred shall have exceeded
$50,000,000 as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements delivered to the
Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01 or on the date of occurrence of any such event;
(i) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or
file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal,
state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in
effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate
manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for
or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator
or similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its
assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed
55
against
it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or
(vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; provided,
however, that the occurrence of any of the events specified in this paragraph (i)
with respect to any Person other than the Borrower shall not be deemed to be an Event of
Default unless (x) the net assets of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP, shall
have exceeded $20,000,000 as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements
delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01 or on the date of occurrence of any such
event and/or (y) the aggregate net assets of all Loan Parties and other Subsidiaries in
respect of which any of the events specified in this paragraph (i) and in paragraphs (h) and
(j) of this Article VII shall have occurred shall have exceeded $50,000,000 as of the date
of the most recent audited financial statements delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section
5.01 or on the date of occurrence of any such event;
(j) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its
inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; provided,
however, that the occurrence of any of the events specified in this paragraph (j)
with respect to any Person other than the Borrower shall not be deemed to be an Event of
Default unless (x) the net assets of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP, shall
have exceeded $20,000,000 as of the date of the most recent audited financial statements
delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01 or on the date of occurrence of any such
event and/or (y) the aggregate net assets of all Loan Parties and other Subsidiaries in
respect of which
any of the events specified in this paragraph (j) and in paragraphs (h) and (i) of this
Article VII shall have occurred shall have exceeded $50,000,000 as of the date of the most
recent audited financial statements delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 5.01 or on
the date of occurrence of any such event;
(k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (not paid
or covered by insurance) in excess of $50,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower,
any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and (i) the same shall remain undischarged for a
period of 60 consecutive days from the entry thereof during which execution shall not be
effectively stayed or bonded, or (ii) any action shall be legally taken by a judgment
creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any
such judgment;
(l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders,
when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(m) Lauren, his estate or Persons related to him by blood, adoption or marriage
and/or trusts or other entities principally for the benefit of any of the foregoing (the
Lauren Interests) shall cease to own in the aggregate, directly or indirectly
either (x) Voting Stock of the Borrower having the voting power to elect a majority of the
Board of Directors of the Borrower or (y) Voting Stock representing more than 25% of the
voting power of the Borrowers Equity Interests; or
(n) the Guarantee Agreement ceases to be in full force and effect;
56
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause
(h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the
Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the
Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i)
terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii)
declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any
principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable),
and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued
interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become
due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all
of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower
described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and
the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees
and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and
payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby
waived by the Borrower.
ARTICLE VIII
The Administrative Agent
Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and
authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers
as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers
in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the
Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and
generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate
thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set
forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall
not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has
occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any
discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers
expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as
directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be
necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as expressly set
forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable
for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its
Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or
not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or
percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the
57
circumstances as provided in Section
9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative
Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof
is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent
shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement,
warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any
certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the
performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set
forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or
any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in
Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be
delivered to the Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for
relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other
writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The
Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and
believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability
for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be
counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not
be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such
counsel, accountants or experts.
The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers
by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative
Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers
through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs
shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any
such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication
of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in
this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the
Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent
of the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the
Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring
Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may,
on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an
office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its
appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and
become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative
Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations
hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same
as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such
successor. After the Administrative Agents resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article
and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit
58
of such retiring Administrative Agent,
its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to
be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.
Each Lender (including each Issuing Bank) acknowledges that it has, independently and without
reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into
this Agreement. Each Lender (including each Issuing Bank) also acknowledges that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on
such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its
own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related
agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
The Syndication Agents shall not have any duties or responsibilities hereunder in their
capacity as such.
ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous
SECTION 9.01. Notices. (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications
expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and
other communications provided for herein and in the Guarantee Agreement shall be in writing and
shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or
sent by telecopy, as follows:
(i) if to the Borrower, to Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation, 650 Madison Avenue, New
York, New York 10022, Attention of Tracey Travis, Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief
Financial Officer (Telecopy No. (212) 318-7705);
(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, Loan and Agency
Services Group, 1111 Fannin, 10th Floor, Houston, Texas, 77002, Attention of
Debbie Meche (Telecopy No. (713) 750-2938), with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, 1411
Broadway, 5th Floor, New York 10018, Attention of Paul ONeill (Telecopy No.
(212) 391-7118); and
(iii) if to any other Lender or any Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or telecopy
number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.
(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders (including any Issuing Bank) hereunder
may be delivered or furnished to the Lenders through the Administrative Agent by electronic
communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that
the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the
Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in
its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder
59
by electronic
communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such
procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other
communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto (or, in the case of any Lender, by
notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower). All notices and other communications given
to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have
been given on the date of receipt.
SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative
Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a
waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any
abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of
the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the Guarantee
Agreement are cumulative
and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of
any provision of this Agreement or the Guarantee Agreement or consent to any departure by the
Borrower or any Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be
permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only
in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a
waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing
Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.
(b) Neither this Agreement nor the Guarantee Agreement nor any provision hereof or thereof
may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered
into by the Borrower or the Guarantors, as the case may be, and the Required Lenders or by the
Borrower or the Guarantors, as the case may be, and the Administrative Agent with the consent of
the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of
any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan
or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder,
without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of
payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any
fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the
scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected
thereby, (iv) change Section 2.16(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of
payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release all or
substantially all of the Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee Agreement, without
the written consent of each Lender (except that no approval of the Lenders shall be required to
release a Guarantor in connection with the disposition of all the capital stock of such Guarantor
not prohibited by the Loan Documents) or (vi) change any of the provisions of this Section or the
definition of Required Lenders or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage
of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or
grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; provided
further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties
of the
60
Administrative Agent or an Issuing Bank without the prior written consent of the
Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be.
(c) In the event that, at any time when the Borrower has satisfied all applicable conditions
set forth in Section 4.02, a Lender for any reason fails, refuses or has given notice to the
Administrative Agent and/or the Borrower that it refuses, to fund its portion of a Borrowing (a
Defaulting Lender), then, until such time as such Defaulting Lender has funded its
portion of such Borrowing, or the Administrative Agent or all other Lenders, as applicable, have
received payment in full (whether by repayment or prepayment) of the principal and interest due in
respect of such Borrowing, such Defaulting Lender shall not have the right to vote regarding any
issue on which voting is required or advisable under this Agreement or the Guarantee Agreement.
SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the
Administrative Agent and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., as sole bookrunner and sole lead arranger,
including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one domestic counsel for the
Administrative Agent and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., collectively, in connection with the
syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, (provided that syndication expenses other
than counsel fees shall not exceed $10,000) the preparation of this Agreement or any amendments,
modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof and (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the reasonable
fees, charges and disbursements of one domestic counsel and one foreign counsel, as necessary, for
the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or
preservation of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this
Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all
such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations
in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit .
(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each
Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an
Indemnitee) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements
of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of,
in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any
agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their
respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions
contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom
(including any refusal by an Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if
the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of
such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on
or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any
Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any
actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the
foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any
Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any
Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
61
related
expenses resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or
such Indemnitees employer or any Affiliate of either thereof or any of their respective officers,
directors, employees, advisors or agents.
(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the
Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, but without
affecting the Borrowers obligations thereunder, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lenders Applicable Percentage
(determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought)
of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim,
damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the
Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank in its capacity as such.
(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby
waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect,
consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in
connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated
hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.
(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand
therefor.
SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall
be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of
Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or
obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted
assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no
Lender (including any Issuing Bank) may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations
hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied,
shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective
successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues
any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and,
to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative
Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by
reason of this Agreement.
(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may
assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
(including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior
written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:
(A) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be
required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an
Event of Default under clause (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Article VII has occurred and is
continuing, any other assignee; and
62
(B) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the
Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Commitment to an assignee
that is a Lender with a Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment.
(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:
(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a
Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lenders Commitment
or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such
assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such
assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000
unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be
required if an Event of Default under clause (a), (b), (h) or (i) of Article VII has
occurred and is continuing;
(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate
part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement;
(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and
recordation fee of $3,500;
(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and.
(E) no assignment, (including any assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a
Lender or an Approved Fund) shall be permitted if, immediately after giving effect thereto,
amounts would become payable by the Borrower under Section 2.13 or 2.15 (including amounts
payable under Section 2.15 in respect of withholding taxes) that are in excess of those that
would be payable under such Section in respect of the amount assigned if such assignment
were not made.
For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term Approved Fund has the following meaning:
Approved Fund means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in
making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the
ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an
Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a
Lender.
(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this
Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee
thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment
and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement
63
(including, in the
case of any Foreign Lender (including each Issuing Bank that is a Foreign Lender), obligations
under Section 2.15(e)), and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest
assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement
(and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and
obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue
to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.15 and 9.03); provided,
however, that no such assignment or transfer shall be deemed to be a waiver of any rights
which the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against such Lender.
Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not
comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such
Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this
Section.
(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall
maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a
register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and
principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms
hereof from time to time (the Register). The entries in the Register shall be
conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may treat
each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender
hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register
shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning
Lender and an assignee, the assignees completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee
shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph
(b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this
Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the
information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of
this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.
(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or
any Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a
Participant) in all or a portion of such Lenders rights and obligations under this
Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that
(A) such Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall
remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and
(C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the applicable Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall
continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and
obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells
such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this
Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement;
provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the
consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clauses
(i), (ii),(iii),(iv) and (vi) of the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that
64
affects such
Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each
Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.13, 2.14 and 2.15 to the same extent as
if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this
Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits
of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to
Section 2.16(c) as though it were a Lender.
(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.13, 2.14 or 2.15 unless
such Participant shall have complied with the requirements of such Section; provided, that in any
case in which a Participant is so entitled, any such Participant shall not be entitled to receive
any greater payment under Section 2.13, 2.14 or 2.15 than the applicable Lender would have been
entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of
the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrowers prior written consent. A
Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the
benefits of Section 2.15 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such
Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section
2.15(e) as though it were a Lender.
(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of
its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation
any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall
not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such
pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations
hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
SECTION 9.05. Survival. All representations and warranties made by the Borrower
herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to
this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any
Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, and shall terminate at such time as no principal of or
accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement (other
than contingent indemnification obligations that are not due and payable) is outstanding and
unpaid, no Letter of Credit is outstanding and the Commitments have expired or been terminated.
The provisions of Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.15 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in
full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the
repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments
or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.
SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be
executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which
shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single
contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the
Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written,
relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall
become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the
Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the
signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure
65
to
the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an
executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as
delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 9.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the
extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality
and enforceability of the
remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular
jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.
SECTION 9.08. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time
to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general
or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any
time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against
any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held
by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this
Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this
Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such
Lender may have.
SECTION 9.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) This
Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.
(b) Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself
and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York
sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New
York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the
parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such
action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted
by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such
action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the
judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right
that any party hereto may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this
Agreement against any other party hereto or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(c) Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the
fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter
have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto
hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient
forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
66
(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner
provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party
to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
SECTION 9.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY
RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT,
TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR
ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD
NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT
AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS,
THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
SECTION 9.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used
herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect
the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 9.12. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank
and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below),
except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates directors, officers,
employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, in each case who
have a need to know such Information in accordance with customary banking practices (it being
understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential
nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent
requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations
or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in
connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating
to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing
provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant
in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this
Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or
derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the
Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a
result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any
Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower which
is not subject to a confidentiality obligation known to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
with respect to such information. . For the purposes of this Section, Information means all
information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower, any Subsidiary
or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the
Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure
by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of information received from
the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the
time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the
67
confidentiality of
Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its
obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the
confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential
information.
SECTION 9.13. Satisfaction in Dollars. The obligation of the Borrower hereunder and
in respect of the Letters of Credit to make payments in dollars shall not be discharged or
satisfied by any tender or recovery pursuant to any judgment expressed in or converted into any
currency other than dollars or any other realization in such currency, whether as proceeds of
set-off, security, guarantee, distributions, or otherwise, except to the extent to which such
tender, recovery or realization shall result in the effective receipt by the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders of the full amount of dollars expressed to be payable hereunder and in respect of
the Letters of Credit and the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks
and each Lender (as an alternative or additional cause of action) for the amount (if any) by which
such effective receipt shall fall short of the full amount of dollars expressed to be payable
hereunder and in respect of the Letters of Credit and such obligation to indemnify shall not be
affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under this Agreement and in respect of
the Letters of Credit.
SECTION 9.14. Waivers and Agreements Under Existing Credit Agreement. (a) The
Lenders which are parties to the Existing Credit Agreement (which Lenders constitute the Required
Lenders as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) hereby (i) waive the requirement, set forth
in Section 2.07(c) of the Existing Credit Agreement, that the Borrower give not less than two
Business Days notice of any termination of the Commitments (as defined therein), (ii) acknowledge
and agree that, for purposes of determining the total Revolving Credit Exposures (as defined
therein) that would be outstanding thereunder on the date of such termination, the letters of
credit issued thereunder that are listed on Schedule 2.04 shall (as a result of the operation of
the last sentence of Section 2.04(a), which provides that on the Effective Date such letters of
credit shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued hereunder) on the Effective Date be deemed
no longer outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement and (iii) pursuant to Section 9.02 of the
Existing Credit Agreement, consent to the execution and delivery by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in
its capacity as Administrative Agent (under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) for
and on behalf of the Lenders (under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), of this
Agreement to evidence or effectuate (as set forth in Section 9.14(b)) the waivers and agreements
set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above.
(b) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent as defined in the
Existing Credit Agreement hereby (i) waives, for and on behalf of the Lenders (as defined therein),
the requirement, set forth in Section 2.07(c) of the Existing Credit Agreement, that the Borrower
give not less than two Business Days notice of any termination of the Commitments (as defined
therein) and (ii) acknowledges and agrees, for and on behalf of the Lenders (as defined therein),
that for purposes of determining the total Revolving Credit Exposures (as defined therein) that
would be outstanding thereunder on the date of such termination, the letters of credit issued
thereunder that are listed on Schedule 2.04 shall on the Effective Date be deemed no longer
outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement.
68
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their
respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
POLO RALPH LAUREN CORPORATION
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ TRACEY T. TRAVIS
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Tracey T. Travis |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice-President and Chief
Financial Officer |
|
|
|
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually and as
Administrative Agent
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ LOUIS MASTRIANNI
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Louis Mastrianni |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE BANK OF NEW YORK, individually and as Syndication
Agent
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ WILLIAM M. BARNUM, JR.
|
|
|
|
Name: |
William M. Barnum, Jr. |
|
|
|
Title: |
Managing Director |
|
|
|
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., individually and as
Syndication Agent
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ REBECCA VOGEL
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Rebecca Vogel |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
CITIBANK, N.A., individually and as Syndication Agent
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ ANTHONY V. PANTINA
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Anthony V. Pantina |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
WACHOVIA BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, individually and
as Syndication Agent
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ SUSAN T. GALLAGHER
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Susan T. Gallagher |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
|
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING
CORPORATION, individually
and as Co-Agent
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ TSURU SHIGERU
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Tsuru Shigeru |
|
|
|
Title: |
Joint General Manager |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as Co-Agent
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ FREDERICK W. LAIRD
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Frederick W. Laird |
|
|
|
Title: |
Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ MING K. CHU
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Ming K. Chu |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
|
DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,
as a Lender
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ FREDERICK W. LAIRD
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Frederick W. Laird |
|
|
|
Title: |
Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ MING K. CHU
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Ming K. Chu |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
|
COMERICA BANK
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ SARAH R. WEST
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Sarah R. West |
|
|
|
Title: |
Assistant Vice President |
|
|
|
UNION BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ CHING LIM
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Ching Lim |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ GREGORY L. DRYDEN
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Gregory L. Dryden |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ NICHOLAS BELL
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Nicholas Bell |
|
|
|
Title: |
Director |
|
|
|
LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ PEG LAUGHLIN
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Peg Laughlin |
|
|
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ MEGAN DONNELLY
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Megan Donnelly |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
|
|
UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ RICHARD L. TAVROW
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Richard L. Tavrow |
|
|
|
Title: |
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ IRJA R. OTSA
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Irja R. Otsa |
|
|
|
Title: |
Associate Director |
|
COMMITMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
LENDER |
|
AMOUNT |
|
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. |
|
$ |
55,000,000 |
|
Bank of America, N.A. |
|
$ |
42,500,000 |
|
The Bank of New York |
|
$ |
42,500,000 |
|
Wachovia Bank National Association |
|
$ |
42,500,000 |
|
Citibank N.A. |
|
$ |
42,500,000 |
|
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation |
|
$ |
35,000,000 |
|
Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch |
|
$ |
35,000,000 |
|
LaSalle Bank National Association |
|
$ |
27,500,000 |
|
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. |
|
$ |
27,500,000 |
|
Barclays Bank PLC |
|
$ |
20,000,000 |
|
UBS Loan Finance LLC |
|
$ |
20,000,000 |
|
Union Bank of California, N.A. |
|
$ |
20,000,000 |
|
U.S. Bank National Association |
|
$ |
20,000,000 |
|
Comerica Bank |
|
$ |
20,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL |
|
$ |
450,000,000.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
EX-31.1
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Ralph Lauren, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on
Form 10-Q
of Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and
other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I
are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or
caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting,
or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants
disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
d) disclosed in this report any change in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrants internal
control over financial reporting, and
5. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I
have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of registrants board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in
the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
Ralph Lauren
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: February 8, 2007
50
EX-31.2
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Tracey T. Travis, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on
Form 10-Q
of Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and
other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I
are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(f)
and
15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or
caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared;
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting,
or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants
disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
d) disclosed in this report any change in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrants internal
control over financial reporting, and
5. The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I
have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control over financial reporting, to the registrants
auditors and the audit committee of registrants board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in
the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal control over financial reporting.
Tracey T. Travis
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Date: February 8, 2007
51
EX-32.1
EXHIBIT 32.1
Certification
of Ralph Lauren Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Polo Ralph Lauren
Corporation (the Company) on
Form 10-Q
for the period ended December 30, 2006 as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
Report), I, Ralph Lauren, Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of
section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents,
in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
Ralph Lauren
February 8, 2007
A signed original of this written statement required by
Section 906, or other document authenticating,
acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears
in typed form within the electronic version of this written
statement required by Section 906, has been provided to
Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation and will be retained by Polo Ralph
Lauren Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.
52
EX-32.2
EXHIBIT 32.2
Certification
of Tracey T. Travis Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350,
as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Polo Ralph Lauren
Corporation (the Company) on
Form 10-Q
for the period ended December 30, 2006 as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the
Report), I, Tracey T. Travis, Chief Financial
Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of
section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents,
in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
Tracey T. Travis
February 8, 2007
A signed original of this written statement required by
Section 906, or other document authenticating,
acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears
in typed form within the electronic version of this written
statement required by Section 906, has been provided to
Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation and will be retained by Polo Ralph
Lauren Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.
53